interphase edge calculus 3 lecture/recitation...

380
Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notes Jack-William Barotta August 23, 2019 1

Upload: others

Post on 08-Oct-2020

0 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notes

Jack-William Barotta

August 23, 2019

1

Page 2: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

Contents

1 Introduction 12

2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17

2.1 How to Think About Math . . . . . . . . 17

2.2 n-dimensional space . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

2.3 Graph of an Equation in Rn . . . . . . . . 20

2.4 Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

2.5 Level Curves of Functions . . . . . . . . . 26

3 Recitation I on July 2, 2019 27

4 Lecture II on July 3, 2019 30

4.1 Review . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

4.2 Linear Transformation . . . . . . . . . . . 31

4.3 Determinants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36

2

Page 3: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

4.4 2D Determinants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37

4.5 3D Determinants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

4.6 Matrix Operations (ASE) . . . . . . . . . 44

4.6.1 Solving a Linear System . . . . . . 52

5 Lecture III on July 5, 2019 55

5.1 Introduction to Vectors . . . . . . . . . . 55

5.1.1 Addition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

5.1.2 Scalar Multiplication . . . . . . . . 57

5.2 More Vector Properties . . . . . . . . . . 58

5.3 Applying these concepts . . . . . . . . . . 59

5.4 The Dot Product . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

5.4.1 Small Examples . . . . . . . . . . 64

5.5 The Cross Product . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67

5.5.1 Example Time . . . . . . . . . . . 70

5.6 Big Picture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71

3

Page 4: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

5.7 3D Geometry with Lines . . . . . . . . . . 72

5.8 3D Geometry and Planes . . . . . . . . . 77

5.8.1 TLDR Finding Equation of Plane . 82

6 Lecture IV on July 8, 2019 85

6.1 Review . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85

6.2 Planes in Space . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87

6.3 Vector-Valued Functions . . . . . . . . . . 96

6.4 Quadric Surfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101

6.5 All other Path in Space Stuff (ASE) . . . 103

6.5.1 A Proof of Orthogonality . . . . . 104

7 Recitation II on July 9,2019 109

7.1 Point to Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110

7.2 Point to Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110

7.3 Point to Plane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113

4

Page 5: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

7.4 Line to Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116

7.5 Line to Plane and Plane to Plane . . . . . 120

8 Lecture V on July 10, 2019 123

8.1 Polar, Cylindrical, and Spherical Coordi-

nates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129

8.1.1 Polar Coordinates . . . . . . . . . 130

8.1.2 Cylindrical Coordinates . . . . . . 131

8.1.3 Spherical Coordinates . . . . . . . 135

9 Lecture VI on July 11, 2019 136

9.1 Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136

9.2 Other tools for limits . . . . . . . . . . . . 146

9.2.1 Alternate Paths . . . . . . . . . . 146

9.2.2 Continuity . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147

5

Page 6: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

9.2.3 Examples of Using the Further Tech-

niques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148

10 Recitation III on July 12, 2019 150

11 Lecture VII on July 15, 2019 155

11.1 Partial Derivatives . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155

11.2 A difficult Example . . . . . . . . . . . . 164

11.3 Linear Approximation . . . . . . . . . . . 168

12 Recitation IV on July 16, 2019 173

12.1 Partial Derivative Notation . . . . . . . . 173

12.2 Clarifying an Example in Class on Clairout’s

Theorem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176

12.3 Linear Approximation . . . . . . . . . . . 180

12.4 A Rigorous Proof of Clairout’s Theorem . 184

6

Page 7: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

13 Lecture VIII on July 17, 2019 188

13.1 Review on Linear Approximations . . . . . 188

13.2 Multivariable Optimization . . . . . . . . 189

13.3 The Second Derivative Test (ASE) . . . . 198

13.3.1 An Example in Second Derivatives 201

13.4 Directional Derivative . . . . . . . . . . . 205

14 Recitation V on July 18, 2019 208

14.1 A Small Note on Multivariable Optimization209

14.2 Gradients and Directional Derivatives . . . 210

14.3 Following a Path of Max Increase . . . . . 212

15 Lecture IX on July 19, 2019 216

15.1 Review on Directional Derivatives . . . . . 216

15.2 Multivariable Chain Rule . . . . . . . . . 224

7

Page 8: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

15.2.1 A Proof of the Multivariable Chain

Rule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228

16 Lecture X on July 23, 2019 230

16.1 Review on Partial Derivatives and Mixed

Partials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230

16.2 Lagrange Multipliers . . . . . . . . . . . . 232

16.3 Integration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239

17 Recitation VI on July 24, 2019 242

18 Lecture XI on July 25, 2019 255

18.1 Review on Ideas Behind Integration . . . . 255

18.2 Triple Integrals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261

18.3 Integration in Other Coordinate Systems . 268

18.3.1 Polar Coordinates . . . . . . . . . 270

18.3.2 Cylindrical Coordinates . . . . . . 270

8

Page 9: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

18.3.3 Spherical Coordinates . . . . . . . 271

19 Recitation VII on July 26, 2019 272

20 Lecture XII on July 29, 2019 281

20.1 Integration in Spherical and Cylindrical Co-

ordinates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281

20.2 Custom Coordinate Systems . . . . . . . . 289

20.3 Applications of Double and Triple Integrals

(ASE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295

20.3.1 Average Value of a Function . . . . 295

20.3.2 Center of Mass . . . . . . . . . . . 296

21 Recitation VIII on July 30, 2019 297

22 Lecture XIII on July 31, 2019 307

22.1 Vector Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307

9

Page 10: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

22.2 Work in Vector Fields . . . . . . . . . . . 311

22.3 Fundamental Theorem of Vector Calculus 315

22.3.1 Conservative Vector Fields . . . . . 316

22.3.2 Checking Conservative Fields . . . 319

22.4 Green’s Theorem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320

23 Recitation IX on August 1, 2019 321

24 Lecture XIV on August 2, 2019 330

24.1 Green’s Theorem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330

24.2 Surface Integrals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331

24.3 Parametrizing Surfaces (ASE) . . . . . . . 333

24.3.1 A Better Treatment . . . . . . . . 338

24.4 Flux . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344

24.5 Divergence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346

25 Lecture XV on August 5, 2019 347

10

Page 11: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

25.1 Divergence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347

25.2 Curl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352

25.3 Divergence Theorem . . . . . . . . . . . . 358

25.4 Stokes’ Theorem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363

25.4.1 Same Border, Different Surface . . 366

26 Recitation X on August 6, 2019 370

27 Lecture XV on August 7, 2019 379

28 Thank You 380

These lecture notes are based off of the Interphase EDGE

2019 Iteration of Multivariable Calculus instructed by

Sam Watson. The introduction contains useful informa-

tion for those in my recitation section, and the rest of

the sections will be labeled in accordance with the lec-

ture/recitation that they are associated with. I would

11

Page 12: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

greatly appreciate if you alerted me of any typos that

you may find. The more you help me, the more I can

help you. I hope this is of help to you!

1 Introduction

Hello and welcome to my recitation section of Calculus

3! I took this class two years ago with Professor Wat-

son, and I really thought it was a great help and aid in

18.02. In addition, I was a recitation instructor last year

for Professor Watson, which was even more fun! I am a

Mathematics Major (Course 18) and Economics (Course

14) here at MIT. I feel like in lecture sometimes it is hard

to write down all the little details, so I will be providing

these for you as an additional resource that is supposed

to be utilized to reinforce your very own notes you take

12

Page 13: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

in lecture. Please get comfortable with my website for

resources because I will be updating it daily! All of the

items that are outlined in blue throughout this document

contain hyperlinks to my email in this case, but will also

have useful math resources, additional problems, photos,

or other things I decide to put in this. please bookmark

my website jack.mit.edu as I will be uploading all my re-

sources to that :). I, along with the rest of the Calc3 TAs

are currently writing solutions to the in-book exercises of

Professor Watson’s book. That being said, I would be

more than happy to go over those problems with you as

well for the additional practice as I am working through

them myself right now!

My ”official” Office Hours for the course will

be on:

13

Page 14: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

• Thursdays 8-9

• Sundays 8-9

However, realistically, I will be having office

hours from:

•Wednesday 8-10

• Thursdays 8-10

• Sundays 8-101

I also would like to extend time to work individually

with students who may find the Office Hour setting a tad

too overwhelming, chaotic, and loud. (which it can defi-

nitely be at times). That being said, please email me, and

I would be happy to meet for an hour or so to go over

material related to the class. In my opinion, the most1Honestly we’ve been knowing that I have like office hours all the time

14

Page 15: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

important thing you can learn this summer is how to use

your resources at MIT. They are just about everywhere

you look, and they are just waiting to be used by you.

This is your education, and you should be taking full ad-

vantage of the amazing opportunity you have in front of

you here. I hope that I can be one of those resources for

you over the summer and potentially forward into the fu-

ture through other organizations and things I am a part

of. I also love talking about things related or non re-

lated to the course, so always feel free to talk about MIT

life, math, or anything else you would like to know about.

I am very excited, and I hope that you can share my

excitement throughout our next seven weeks together. I

probably will make a lot of mistakes along the way, so

15

Page 16: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

please yell at me and tell me to fix my mistakes!! As a

recitation section, I can promise that every single one of

us will make a handful of mistakes at the very least, so

lets us learn from our mistakes and try for better the next

time. Do not get bummed if things do not come super

quickly to you. MIT is a lot different than high school,

and it is always better to ask for help! I want to keep you

as engaged as possible, so we will probably do a lot of

activities such as board work, extensions to applications,

and maybe even some friendly competition and games.

I will try to incorporate all of your majors if I can into

problem solving, so that you can see how wonderful math

is and its ability to weave its way into almost everything.

My high school teacher had fun exam review games, and

I hope we can make some of our own. Well See. Seriously

16

Page 17: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

though, overall I want you to love what youre learning

and have fun while doing it. Without further ado, let us

begin the actual material of the course!

2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019

Please use sswatson.com/interphase if you want to find

all of your Psets, Syllabus, and other material such as the

course textbook provided by Professor Watson. Home-

work is due Monday, quizzes are at the start of recitation

on Tuesdays, and Sam’s Office hours are 7-9 on Sunday.

2.1 How to Think About Math

There was a discussion on some meta math stuff. I will

say from experience that whether or not it is just for you

or the grader, writing down your thoughts in the solution

17

Page 18: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

definitely helps. It allows you to organize your thoughts,

and it also gives insight to the grader on just how much

you do know about the material being tested/questioned

about.

2.2 n-dimensional space

We can express our understanding of Euclidean Space

(n-dimensional space) by a really fancy looking R, namely

R. So one-dimensional space is simply just R, the Real

number line, so we simply just have (x). Now, if we want

to go to R2 , we are now going to be representing the real

plane. This is how we start defining distance! For exam-

ple, in R, the signed distance from the origin to x is x.

We can apply this to higher dimensions! In, R2 , we now

have (x, y), and we see that the x-coordinate of a point is

18

Page 19: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

the signed distance from the y-axis, and the y-coordinate

of a point is the signed distance to the x-axis. Finally, lets

move to R3 . This is where for me, stuff got visually and

geometrically difficult to follow. so now we have (x, y, z).

Now the x-coordinate is the signed distance to the yz

plane, the y-coordinate is the signed distance to the xz

plane, and the z-coordinate is the signed distance to the

xy plane. Fun fact for those who care: Distance does not

have to be Euclidean. Euclidean is just the most common

formulation of distance. However, there are three axioms

of distance and if your crazy, wack distance system abides

by the three axioms of distance, then it is considered a

distance! In Real Analysis, they like to demonstrate this

and give crazy problems that scared me and scarred my

view of distance. Lol rereading these notes I wrote from

19

Page 20: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

last year I am so dramatic. Real Analysis is a great course

and many students in my section last year took and well...

tbh, had mixed reviews on Real Analysis, so take at your

own risk!

2.3 Graph of an Equation in Rn

The graph of an equation in Rn is the set of points that

satisfy the equation. A graph simply represents a visual

representation of the solution set. The biggest takeaway

from this section is your domain, range, and space you are

graphing in matter greatly. An equation by itself needs

the amount of dimensions specified in order to truly an-

swer the question correctly. For example asking to graph

x = 1 leads to 3 different representation depending on if

you are in R,R2, or R3. In R, we simply get that x = 1

20

Page 21: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

is a point at x = 1. In R2, we get that x = 1 is a vertical

line to represent all (x, y) pairs that are (1, y) for all pos-

sible y. In R3, we get that x = 1 is a yz-plane at x = 1

Namely a plane to represent all (x, y, z) triples that are

of the form (1, y, z) for all possible y and z.

We can take this to more interesting cases. For exam-

ple, lets look at the equation, x2 + y2 = 1. Some of you

may recognize this as a unit circle. However, we need to

be careful. We need to be more precise with ourselves.

For example, in R2, we are correct. The set of points that

satisfy this equation are exactly the unit circle. Namely,

the squared distance from the origin is 1. However, lets

move to R3. In this case, we now have the unit cylin-

der. Since the equation puts no restriction on z, we do

21

Page 22: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

not just have the unit circle. Instead, we have that the

squared distance from the z-axis is now 1. Thus, we get

a cylinder instead of a Circle.

2.4 Functions

A function is really cool, in my math nerd circle opin-

ion. A function is what I think of as a mutater, or a

changer of something. Basically, you put some stuff in

the function, the function then does what it needs to do,

and it will output the result! A function can be thought

of as a mapping. Youre mapping your input to an out-

put. So in the most common example, think of f (x) = x2

, every inputted x value is being squared and being out-

putted. Similar to graphing an equation, we can graph

22

Page 23: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

also functions. How we can say this is:

y = f (x) ∀x ∈ R (1)

In words, this means y = f (x), which is our function,

for all x that are on the real line. The fancy symbols

are some math notation that is very important to know

in higher order math courses, so it is good to get a little

familiar :) However, as many of you won’t necessarily go

into mathematics, you may have functions that do more

than just what we generally think of as a function as. you

can have functions change colors, functions that count the

amount of times something occurs sometimes referred to

as indicator variables. Moving forward, we can graph

functions from Rn to Rm . That being said, the graph of

a function will exist in the sum of dimensions from the

23

Page 24: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

input and the output! This is why we cant really graph

function that have a sum of input and output space that is

greater than or equal to four. So, to have an equation for

you to use that may be helpful, the number of dimensions

your graph should be is:

dim(graph) = dim(input) + dim(output) (2)

In words,the dimension of the graph you must use must

be equal to the sum of the dimension of the input space

plus the dimension of the output space. This is why we

can’t really graph when the sum of the input and output

is greater than three! We can write what are function

are doing in equations as well! For example, say your

function f is a function from R3 to R. We can write this

24

Page 25: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

conveniently with an arrow as follows,

f : R3 −→ R (3)

What this means if the function, f takes in three inputs,

say for example (x, y, z) and outputs a single number,

persay (w).

Info unrelated to lecture, but for those interested: Func-

tion can also take in matrices and output matrices. For

example you might see something of the form, f : Rn,p −→

Rm,q That being said you don’t have to input n number

and output m numbers, you can instead output n by p

matrices and output m by q matrices. We can see this as

more motivation as to how extensive the field of functions

really is.

25

Page 26: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

2.5 Level Curves of Functions

A Level set is the set of all points in the domain of

a function that map to the same output! When I first

learned about level sets, I did not really see the point,

but in higher dimensions it is definitely helpful. say you

have the function, f (x, y, z) = x2 + y2 + z2, using our

equation about dimensions necessary (Equation 2), we

see we cannot physically graph this function since four

dimensions are necessary (3 + 1 = 4). However, we def-

initely can graph the level sets. To do this, we set the

function equal to a number, lets set it equal to 1 just for

ease. Then we have 1 = x2 + y2 + z2, and this is the

unit sphere! We can graph that since its only in three

dimensions :)

26

Page 27: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

3 Recitation I on July 2, 2019

Great work on the quiz! Also, I am really impressed by

all of the problem solving abilities and different techniques

I saw being deployed on the worksheet. There is not much

I have to other than a small discussion on level curves. As

many of you may have seen, the level curve of a function,

f , is the graph of an equation generated by picking a

specific value for f . In addition, it is important to make

sure that the level curves you are picking may sense and

are ”reasonable” for the function being analyzed. Let me

use an example for clarity. Suppose we have the function:

f (x, y) = e−(x2+y2) (4)

Lets first be very tedious with organizing our thoughts.

We note that f : R2 −→ R. Thus, lets figure out which

27

Page 28: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

dimension the level curve is. For the case we have here,

dimensions necessary for the levels curves are exactly the

same as the dimensions of the input space. Thus, for

this case we need R2 in order to graph the level curves.

Now lets go on to what the graphs look like. In order to

construct a level curve, we are going to set our function

equal to some constant.

c = f (x, y) = e−(x2+y2) (5)

So, if we want to find the level curve, let us isolate the x

and y argument.

− ln c = x2 + y2 (6)

Okay great. But now we must ask, what values of c can

be utilize. notice that our function has a domain of all

28

Page 29: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

of R2 and has a range of c ∈ (0, 1]. Lets make sure this

makes sense. If we plug in some specific values of c that

are in the co-domain, we get that, − ln c ≥ 0. Thus,

we get that the level curves of the function are simply

circles with radius equivalent to − ln c. This is called a

Gaussian Distribution curve for those who have seen

something similar before. It will be helpful later in the

course to realize that a level curve is perpendicular to a

function’s surface. Imagine the side of a mountain as the

function, and the level curve being a specific altitude of

the mountain.

29

Page 30: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

4 Lecture II on July 3, 2019

4.1 Review

When we utilize the notation that:

f : R2 −→ R (7)

Means that the domain of f is R2 and the co-domain

of the function is R. Also for functions that have an

input plus output dimension greater than 3, we cannot

necessary work with graphing the function, but we in-

stead graph the level curves. In the case of, f (x, y, z) =

x2 +y2 +z2, we cannot visualize the function, but we can

visualize its level curves as spheres.

30

Page 31: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

4.2 Linear Transformation

Definition: A function, f : R2 −→ R2 is linear if

and only if:

f (x, y) = (ax+by, cx+dy) where a, b, c, d ∈ R (8)

This is the definition of linear we will be utilizing through-

out this course, so please get it down! We can also conve-

niently express this in matrix notation that will be used

when discussing this concept both here and in linear al-

gebra courses you may take in the future:

f (x, y) =

a b

c d

xy

(9)

We can also introduce the 3-dimensional cousins that may

come up sometime in lecture and recitation below, al-

31

Page 32: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

though it is not of the utmost importance:

f (x, y, z) = (ax+by+cz, dx+ey+fz, gx+hy+iz) where a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, i ∈ R

(10)

With corresponding matrix notation:

f (x, y, z) =

a b c

d e f

g h i

x

y

z

(11)

Linear transformations are geometrically a collection of

scale, shear, rotate, and projection. One of the things

that people have trouble with getting their head around

is the fact that y = mx+ b is not linear. This is not liner

because the constant b is involved that will not map the

origin to the origin for all non-zero b. Some examples of

32

Page 33: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

linear transformations are:

f (x, y) = (x + y, x + y) (12)

f (x, y) = (0, 0) (13)

f (x, y) = (x, y) (14)

Where we choose a, b, c, and d as some constants in order

to satisfy our expression. If we want to scale our input by

some factor c, we can represent this as the linear trans-

formation:

f (x, y) = (cx, cy) (15)

For some scalar c. We can also rotate a a linear transfor-

mation with the rotation found below:

f (x, y) = (cos θx− sin θy, sin θx + cos θy) (16)

33

Page 34: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

So, for the case where we want to rotate the plane by π2 ,

then we can plug this in to the aforementioned equation

to obtain:

f (x, y) = (−y, x) (17)

We can project the plane, say onto the x − axis, with

the following transformation:

f (x, y) = (x, 0) (18)

Where we effectively compress all of the different y-values

for a given x. We also can have a shear. A classic example

of a shear that you may see in a complex variable and/or

engineering course is:

f (x, y) = (x + y, x) (19)

34

Page 35: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

The interesting idea here is that the area is preserved with

this. Although the unit square is being transformed into

a parallelogram, we note that the base and the height

remain constant and as such, the area remains constant.

Also, if you think about the determinant as a means of

calculating the area, then we see that the determinant

does not change as ad − bc = 1 − 0 = 1 A convenient

way to present linear transformations is with the follow-

ing theorem.

Theorem A function from R2 −→ R2 is linear if and

only if it maps the origin to the origin and equally spaced

lines to equally spaced linear points. We can verify this by

looking through the different families of linear transfor-

mations (shear, project, scale, and rotate) that all satisfy

the theorem above.

35

Page 36: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

4.3 Determinants

Determinants are really neat. I definitely did not know

there was a geometric meaning really to what a determi-

nant was. I just thought it was an annoying computa-

tion, so hopefully this section proves interesting! Deter-

minants are all about how linear transformations distort

areas. Lets consider a number line first. Consider the

linear transformation f (x) = 3x. We want to ask our-

selves, how does this distort areas/lengths/volumes. In

this case, we see that the length between two numbers

triples. The 3 in front of the x acts as a distorter of

the original lengths. Thus, we will call 3 the determi-

nant of the function since this is the distortion factor of

length. More generally, we have that given a function,

36

Page 37: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

f : R −→ R,

f (x) = mx for m ∈ R (20)

we say that the determinant is m. m can be thought of as

the signed factor by which f transforms lengths. Again,

this would not work if we had f (x) = mx + b since the

origin would not be mapped to the origin!

4.4 2D Determinants

Now lets look at how area can be distorted. For the 2d

case, consider, f : R2 −→ R2,

f (x, y) = (ax + by, cx + dy) (21)

Lets try to figure out the area of the unit square under

this linear transformation. Lets start off by seeing where

37

Page 38: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

each of the 4 vertices get mapped to with the linear trans-

formation at hand. We see that (0, 0), (1, 0), (0, 1), (1, 1)

gets mapped to (0, 0), (a, c), (b, d), (a + b, c + d) respec-

tively. We can calculate the area through some interesting

geometry. Lets start by calculating the massive rectangle

that has base, (a + c) and height (b + d). Then, we can

subtract off the excess that is not part of the parallelo-

gram! After some algebraic manipulation, we get that

the signed area is simply ad − bc. Thus, we can classify

the 2d determinant as being equivalent to:

area = det

a b

c d

= ad− bc (22)

Again, for ease, I will introduce the matrix notation of

the linear transformation that you will see all over the

38

Page 39: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

place at classes at MIT.

f (x, y) =

a b

c d

xy

= (ax + by, cx + dy) (23)

Lets think about some interesting cases. In the case that

the determinant is −1, the the orientation of the area is

reversed! This is the 2D analog to reversing the length. In

addition, let us look at the case of when the linear trans-

formations turns area into a line. Well, a line has zero

area, and as such, the determinant of such a linear trans-

formation is exactly zero. You may notice while working

that this will occur when one row of the linear transfor-

mation matrix is a scalar multiple of the other row of the

linear transformation matrix.

39

Page 40: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

Lets try some examples:

f (x, y) =

1 1

1 1

(24)

Then, the determinant of our linear transformation is

ad − bc = 1 − 1 = 0. What does this mean? This lin-

ear transformation smashes down everything into a line.

Thus, the area is zero. Lets look at the shear case:

f (x, y) =

1 1

0 1

(25)

This was the shear case. We see that the determinant is,

ad− bc = 1− 0 = 1. Thus, this confirms that the area of

the shear transformation is unchanged. Lets finally do an

arbitrary rotation matrix. We would not expect simply

40

Page 41: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

rotating would change the area. Lets confirm this:

f (x, y) =

cos θ − sin θ

sin θ cos θ

xy

(26)

Lets calculate the determinant of this linear transforma-

tion. namely det = ad− bc = cos2 θ + sin2 θ = 1 Which

confirms our suspicion! Lets look at the linear trans-

formation that flips the unit square over the x − axis,

namely:

f (x, y) =

1 0

0 −1

xy

(27)

Then we can calculate the determinant as ad− bc = −1

which again checks out that the area is unchanged by

flipping over the axis, but the orientation flips leading to

the negative sign.

41

Page 42: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

4.5 3D Determinants

In this course, the largest matrices we will do is 3D.

To be honest, I dont think any course makes you actually

compute determinants any higher than this. Anyways in

3D the determinant represents the signed factor by which

f transforms volumes. For a given matrix,

A =

a b c

d e f

g h i

(28)

The easiest way to compute the determinant is by de-

composing

the 3×3 matrix into smaller matrices. In order to this,

we pick a row. For convenience, I will choose the first row

of my matrix. Then the determinant can be expressed as

42

Page 43: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

the following equation:

det(A) = det

a b c

d e f

g h i

= a det

e f

h i

−b det

d f

g i

+c

d e

g h

(29)

You may now just use the rule we know for a 2×2 matrix,

and then you can use scalar multiplication of the number

out front! This makes the three-dimensional case not as

daunting. Lets fully carry through the multiplication:

det(A) = a(ei− fh)− b(di− fg) + c(dh− eg) (30)

det(A) = aei− afh + bfg − bdi + cdh− ceg (31)

You may notice that for three dimensions there is a plus

minus pattern when I went across. This is because a

checkerboard pattern is in affect that is alternating be-

43

Page 44: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

tween plus and minus. The checkerboard pattern for a 3

3 matrix looks like this:+ − +

− + −

+ − +

(32)

The general strategy should be that you assign a plus

to the first item in your matrix in the upper left hand

corner, and then you follow the checkerboard pattern!

The checkerboard pattern is very important so you dont

end up adding something you should subtract or vice-

versa.

4.6 Matrix Operations (ASE)

One of the most important things that you will proba-

bly be asked, with a high probability, is how to compute

44

Page 45: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

the inverse of a matrix and utilize it to help solve a linear

system! Let me first walk you through a problem that

I put on the additional problem of Chapter 1 that will

help us compute the inverse of a matrix. The problem

statement is lengthy so try to stay awake reading it!

Problem:Solving for a matrices inverse is common

practice for an 18.02 ASE. I will now walk you through

solving such a problem given your current knowledge on

matrices as we have all the tools that are required. We

will just need to throw in some new jargon. First and

foremost, a matrix, A, has an inverse if det(A) 6= 0. This

must hold true in order for us to proceed. In linear algebra

speak, the columns of A must be linearly independent in

order for there to exist an inverse. Now suppose we have

45

Page 46: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

the 3× 3 matrix provided below.

A =

1 1 0

1 0 2

0 0 1

(33)

You can quickly check that A has indeed det(A) 6= 0. We

will now compute the inverse. We will follow a recipe.

First and foremost, we will expand along cofactors. Do

not mind the word, but you may see it in other courses.

What this means is that say we are looking at the Aij

entry which denotes the ith row and jth column. We

now want to cross out this row and column, take the

determinant of what is left (which should be a 2×2 matrix

in our case), and put that in the ij spot of some newly

created 3 × 3 matrix. I will do the top one for you. In

A11 I will delete the first row and first column. I am now

46

Page 47: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

left with a smaller matrix that has determinant equal to

zero. I will plug this in, lets call it B, B11 spot. You now

complete the rest. Okay, that’s the hard part. Now, we

follow a checkerboard pattern of changing the sign on our

entries. I will display the pattern below:+ − +

− + −

+ − +

(34)

Okay, so simply look at the matrix, B, that you cre-

ated and negate the entries that have negative signs in

the above checkerboard pattern. Alright! We are getting

closer. Lets call this new matrix that we switched the

sign of every other entry, C. Okay, we will finally now

take the transpose of C. All this means is that we will

swap the rows and the columns. Thus, column one is now

47

Page 48: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

row one and so on. We commonly see this as CT . Boom!

And that is it! We will then just divide everything by

det(A) We will call our final product A−1

Solution: Lets first compute the matrix of A as we

will have to use it later. det(A) = −1. Okay now lets

hopp in. Lets do this expand by cofactor thing. I will do

this now:

B11 = 0 (35)

B12 = 1 (36)

B13 = 0 (37)

B21 = 1 (38)

B22 = 1 (39)

B23 = 0 (40)

48

Page 49: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

B31 = 2 (41)

B32 = 2 (42)

B33 = −1 (43)

Okay great. Now we will implement the checkerboard

pattern displayed in the problem statement and as such

flip the signs of every other entry.

C11 = 0 (44)

C12 = −1 (45)

C13 = 0 (46)

C21 = −1 (47)

C22 = 1 (48)

C23 = 0 (49)

49

Page 50: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

C31 = 2 (50)

C32 = −2 (51)

C33 = −1 (52)

Lets now put this together and make the matrix C:

C =

0 −1 0

−1 1 0

2 −2 −1

(53)

Lets now take the transpose of this matrix as said to by

swapping the rows and the columns

CT =

0 −1 2

−1 1 −2

0 0 −1

(54)

We will finally divide everything by the determinant, det =

50

Page 51: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

−1 to finally get A−1 which is displayed below:

A−1 =

0 1 −2

1 −1 2

0 0 1

(55)

You can also check and confirm that AA−1 = A−1A = I

where I is the identity matrix denoted as:1 0 0

0 1 0

0 0 1

(56)

Well took some time, but this shows how to compute

a matrix inverse. I think that computing such a thing is

best shown just through an example. So hopefully that

51

Page 52: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

was helpful. The good thing here is that you can always

check whether you made a mistake or not. How? Well

since AA−1 = A−1A = I , then we can always multiply

our two resulting matrices to obtain the identity.

4.6.1 Solving a Linear System

Consider you have the following equation:

Ax = b (57)

Where A is some 3 × 3 matrix, x is some 3 × 1 matrix

thought of as a vector, and b is some 3×1 matrix thought

of as a vector. Lets just show this in its full form so that

52

Page 53: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

we know what we are referring to:a11 a12 a13

a21 a22 a23

a31 a32 a33

x

y

z

=

b1

b2

b3

(58)

In these types of problems, the question will generally

give you A and b and ask you to solve for x. They write

questions like this so that they first see if you can do some

matrix operations and then solve a system of equations.

Here is the important punchline of this section. If A is

invertible, then:

Ax = b (59)

A−1Ax = A−1b (60)

53

Page 54: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

However, we already have discussed that for an invertible

matrix, AA−1 = I . As such,

Ix = A−1b (61)

x = A−1b (62)

Of course, this only works when the matrix is invertible.

However, now we have a quick way to solve for the x

vector that makes this true. This is equivalent to solving

a 3 equation system of equations. So, what I would expect

from this section is the ASE potentially asking you to first

solve for the inverse of some matrix and then use that to

solve for some x vector in part b that solves some system

of equations.

54

Page 55: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

5 Lecture III on July 5, 2019

If your name wasn’t learned, then press F for you. Your

name is not learnt.

5.1 Introduction to Vectors

Vectors will be one of the main objects that we will con-

front in this course, whether we are calculating distances

in space or fluxes through surface. Lets get the basics

down today, so we can concern ourselves with all the ap-

plications later. A vector is an arrow from one point

to another in Rn. We wont need to concern ourselves

with all n-dimensions. We instead, should make sure we

are proficient in both R2 and R3 resulting in vectors like

(2, 1) and (1, 2, 1) respectively as some examples. A vec-

tor has a magnitude and direction. The length of the

55

Page 56: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

vector is the distance from the head to tail. We can also

break down the vector into its x and y components. Two

vectors are equivalent if their components are equal. For

example (2, 1) and (4, 2) are not equivalent. While both

of these vectors are in the same direction, notice that the

first vector has a smaller magnitude in comparison to the

second vector.

5.1.1 Addition

Consider we have vectors, ~v = (v1, v2) and ~u = (u1, u2),

We can add the two components as:

~v + ~u = (v1, v2) + (u1, u2) = (v1 + u1, v2 + u2) (63)

If we want to represent this on the coordinate grid, we

would first draw ~v placing the tail of the vector on the

origin. Then, we will place the tail of ~u at the head of ~v.

56

Page 57: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

We then draw a new vector, that represents the addition

of the two vectors from the tail of ~v to the head of ~u. We

sometimes denote this as the resultant vector. Do not get

lost in the jargon though. The conceptual understanding

is the most important aspect. The jargon can only add

once we are fluent in the concept.

5.1.2 Scalar Multiplication

Suppose we have ~v = (v1, v2), If we want to multiply

our vector by some scalar (constant), c, we get that:

c~v = c(v1, v2) = (cv1, cv2) (64)

What does this do? We see that this scales the original

vector whilst keeping the result parallel (or anti parallel

if the constant is negative) as the original vector, ~v.

57

Page 58: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

5.2 More Vector Properties

We can only say that two vectors, ~v and ~u are parallel

if and only if,

~u = c~v for c ∈ R (65)

Again, given two vectors, ~v and ~u,

c(~u + ~v) = c~u + c~v (66)

This is sometimes considered the distributive property of

scalar multiplication. We can make a quick proof of this

in two dimensions,

c(~u + ~v) = c~u + c~v (67)

c(~u + ~v) = c(u1 + v1, v2 + u2) (68)

c(~u + ~v) = (cu1 + cv1, cu2 + cv2) (69)

58

Page 59: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

c(~u + ~v) = (cu1, cu2) + (cv1, cv2) (70)

c(~u + ~v) = c(u1, u2) + c(v1, v2) (71)

c(~u + ~v) = c~u + c~v (72)

5.3 Applying these concepts

Problem Use vectors to show that the line segment

joining two midpoints of the sides of a triangle is parallel

to the third side and half its length.

Solution Lets start with some arbitrary triangle. Lets

first label the three vertices of the triangle as A. B, and

C labeling in a counterclockwise orientation. Lets now

construct a few vectors naming them with their respec-

tive two points involved. In addition to these points, lets

label the point, D, as the midpoint of ~AB and E as the

59

Page 60: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

midpoint of ~AC. Immediately, we can say that:

1

2~BC = ~DE (73)

At this point, make sure your drawing is showing this so

that we are on the same page. In addition, by the way

we placed points D and E, we get that:

~AE = ~EC =1

2~AC (74)

as well as:

~AD = ~DB =1

2~AB (75)

Now lets combine some steps. Using vector addition we

can identity the smaller triangle, ADE , expressing in

vector notation as:

~AD + ~DE = ~AE (76)

60

Page 61: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

Which, I can rearrange as a vector subtraction expres-

sion as:

~DE = ~AE − ~AD (77)

In addition, we can now look at the larger triangle, ABC,

and get a synonymous expression from vector subtrac-

tion

~BC = ~AC − ~AB (78)

Lets now plug in the previous expression we get relating

half length in equations 43− 45, to get that:

~DE = ~AE − ~AD =1

2~AC =

1

2~AB (79)

~DE = ~AE − ~AD =1

2( ~AC − ~AB) =

1

2~BC (80)

Therefore, we have shown that ~DE = 12~BC, thus by

equation 35, we see that since we can express ~DE as a

61

Page 62: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

multiple of ~BC, then these two sides are parallel to one

another.

5.4 The Dot Product

Now we will move to the more interesting and useful

application of vectors that will be more extensively used

throughout the course. Consider we have two vectors, ~u

and ~v. Then we can express the dot product as:

~u · ~v = (u1, u2) · (v1, v2) = u1v1 + u2v2 (81)

Therefore, we essentially are multiplying together the re-

spective components, and then we are adding all of them

up together to give a scalar (number) value. We note

that the dot product is a measure of how parallel the two

vectors are to one another, and you can think of it as pro-

62

Page 63: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

jecting one of the vectors along the direction of the other.

A fact that will help on your Homework (ooo hints in the

lecture notes, another bonus of reading) is that:

~u · ~u = |~u|2 (82)

The reason this is the case is because:

~u·~u = (u1, u2)·(u1, u2) = u21+u2

2 =√u2

1 + u22 = |~u|2(83)

Another really big key equation that we will have LARGE

amounts of time with is:

~u · ~v = |~u||~v| cos θ for θ ∈ [0, π] (84)

63

Page 64: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

5.4.1 Small Examples

Lets now apply this to a small example. Consider you

see that:

~u · ~v = 0 (85)

What can we say about ~u and ~v, Well, since we can use

our alternative expression for the dot product involving

angle, we see that :

~u · ~v = |~u||~v| cos θ = 0 (86)

If this equal zero, and neither of the two vectors is just a

zero vector, then the cos θ = 0. Thus, the angle must be

θ = π2 . Therefore, the two vectors are perpendicular or

orthogonal.

Problem Find the angle between a face diagonal and

64

Page 65: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

a space diagonal of a cube.

Solution Lets start off by making vector expressions

from the cube. The face diagonal, is basically moving

from the (0, 0) point of the (1, 1). Since we are going to

be using a cube and going into 3D, then lets expression

our first vectors as going from (0, 0, 0) to (1, 1, 0), Thus,

~v = (1, 1, 0) (87)

Now, lets go across the cube. first we need to cross to

the other side like the first vector we created, but then

we almost need to head up to the top corner. Namely,

we need to make it from the origin all the way up to the

point (1, 1, 1), Therefore, we get that:

~u = (1, 1, 1) (88)

65

Page 66: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

Thus, let us now deploy our new equation for the dot

product to solve for the angle:

|~u||~v| cos θ = ~u · ~v (89)

|(1, 1, 0)||(1, 1, 1)| cos θ = (1, 1, 0) · (1, 1, 1) (90)

√2√

3 cos θ = 2 (91)

Therefore we can express cos θ as:

cos θ =2√6

(92)

which is enough to calculate what our angle is!

Why is ~i ·~j = 0 for the unit vectors i and j. Well, we

generally use i to represent the x-axis and j to represent

the y-axis. Therefore, the two objects are perpendicular

to one another that will ensure that the dot product is

66

Page 67: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

equivalent to zero given our first example in this subsec-

tion.

5.5 The Cross Product

Cross Product is the more annoying brother of the dot

product, so brace yourselves. We will pretty much exclu-

sively calculate the cross product in R3. The formula for

the cross product is the following:

~u× ~v = (u2v3 − u3v2, u3v1 − u1v3, u1v2 − u2v1) (93)

67

Page 68: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

Well2 this looks like a mess, A much more convenient way

to represent this is:

~u× ~v = det

~i ~j ~k

u1 u2 u3

v1 v2 v3

(94)

If you expand out this determinant you will see that equa-

tion 63 and 64 are equivalent, but you can trust me on it.

Now you may ask, what does the cross product do geo-

metrically? The cross product takes in two vectors, say ~u

and ~v and it produces a third vector, say ~w that is per-

pendicular to both ~u and ~v. This is extremely powerful,

and we will use it about the same as how much we use the

dot product throughout the course. In addition, we can2I had a typo before, I am so sorry for this. It has been cleared up now!, always confirm though using

the determinant formula

68

Page 69: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

also represent the cross product in the following fashion

that is useful for angle calculation sometimes:

|~u× ~v| = |~u||~v| sin θ (95)

Therefore, if two vectors are parallel, then the cross prod-

uct is exactly zero. Why? Well, if two vectors are parallel,

or even anti parallel, then θ = 0 or θ = π. In either case,

sin θ will always be zero. Therefore, the cross product

must be zero. Since I see what I am about to say come

up a lot let me mention it briefly, in the above formula

(equation 65), note that the LHS is the magnitude of the

cross product! Therefore, look at the RHS. Maybe you

remember, that for a parallelogram with sides A and B,

the area of the parallelogram is AB sin θ. That being

said, this gives us insight that the RHS is representing

69

Page 70: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

the area of a parallelogram. Thus, the magnitude of the

cross product, since the LHS = RHS, is also the area

of a parallelogram made by the two vectors. Keep this in

mind for sometime in the future :) The facts above are

extremely useful to know, and I recommend you do the

following problem without any computation below that I

have made for you:

5.5.1 Example Time

Problem Is the following statement True or False.

Please provide a sound argument as to why you think

that it is either true or false: (Take this as a good prac-

tice of your understanding before looking at the solution!)

~u · (~u× ~v) = |u|2 + ~u · ~v (96)

Solution FALSE! Note that the cross product in paren-

70

Page 71: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

thesis creates a vector that is perpendicular to both ~v and

~u. Thus, taking the dot product between this vector and

~u must be equal to zero.

5.6 Big Picture

Lets compare our results for the dot product and cross

product. Note that the dot product has a result that

is a scalar quantity, namely just a number. However,

the cross product produces a vector, namely with our

case, a vector in R3, which just means a vectors with 3

components. As a check when you do answer a problem,

make sure that this always remains true. Of course, if it

is useful to work with a number once you calculate a cross

product, then take its magnitude like we see in equation

65. Also, Sam said the cross product is cooler, I disagree

71

Page 72: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

#DotProductIsBetter.

5.7 3D Geometry with Lines

We are now edging closer to the calculus portion of

the course! This chapter is generally kind of difficult so

please feel free to always reach out to me. The distances

between object in space I think is very hard, and I will be

uploading a set of notes about them with the recitation

notes on Tuesday, July 9. Okay back to the course. Sup-

pose we want to represent a line in the coordinate grid,

R2, We can write this as:

y = mx + b (97)

We are going to stay in spirit of this by make is more

encompassing. Sorry that the notation is super wack, let

72

Page 73: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

me break it down for you. Suppose with have a point on

a line (a, b), that points in direction ~u, lets say that the

slope of the line happens to be m, We can represent the

line as:

(a, b) + t~u t ∈ R (98)

What does this mean? it means that we can start at the

point (a, b), and we can move along the line by adding

~u. In addition, we can multiply by all multiples of ~u, and

we will still remain on the line. For example lets say the

direction of the line is ~u = (1,m). Then, we have the for

each unit of x, we move in the y direction by m, which

looks a lot like a slope right? Perfect! So we can say,

lets pick (0, 0) as a base point on our line, and lets even

73

Page 74: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

choose m = 1 for simplicity, then:

(0, 0) + t(1,m) = (0, 0) + t(1, 1) for t ∈ R (99)

Which we can see as we plug in values of t, just gives us

the exact same thing as y = x. Hopefully this helped

clarify things. Lets bump it up to R3. Suppose we want

to write a line from (3,−4, 1) to (2,−1, 4). Lets pick the

first point as our base point, and lets say that at t = 1,

we make it to the second point. Then basically we need

to solve for ~u. This probably sounds a bit weird lets start

working it out,

(3,−4, 1) + t~u = (3,−4, 1) + 1~u = (2,−1, 4) (100)

Alright so we can rearrange this by basically, coming up

with the vector from the first point to the second point,

74

Page 75: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

to get the direction. Just note that I picked t = 1 for

convenience, but we didn’t need to. There are an infinite

amount of ways to represent this. I just think always

picking t = 1 helps this out a lot. Okay so, we get that:

~u = (−1, 3, 3) (101)

Okay, so we can express this line as:

(3,−4, 1) + t(−1, 3, 3) = l = (x, y, z) (102)

for the line. Always check that the second point also lies

on the line afterwards. If I plug in t = 1, note that I

indeed get (2,−1, 4), which is exactly what we wanted.

In addition, I also get all the other points that are on this

line by plugging in different values of t. We can equally

75

Page 76: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

represent this as:

x = 3− t, y = −4 + 3t, z = 1 + 3t for t ∈ R (103)

Hopefully this is starting to make sense. I struggled with

this section a lot as a student, so please always reach

out with questions. Lets move on to planes. All we are

saying here is that we want to represent all points on the

line. So what we do is we take two points, and we try

to write an equation from one point to the other. When

we include the t factor, we are essentially allowing for not

just a line from one point to the other, but for all points

in between and beyond the two points that run along the

lines existent between the two.

76

Page 77: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

5.8 3D Geometry and Planes

Lets start off with a problem to figure this out. Lets

try to write an equation for a plane that passes through

(1, 0, 0), (0, 1, 1), (0, 0, 2). Lets really take our time with

this one. I will write up how to solve this, Saturday, and

add it. I am sorry that the first week is really overwhelm-

ing, I promise that I, and the rest of the TAs, will try our

best to demystify it for you. Lets proceed to do this now.

So we have three points, and you may think, intuitively

is this enough to clasify a plane? Do we need more? per-

haps 4. Lets test this with the real world case. Suppose

we have some plane, lets say the ground of your dorm

room. You are asked by the MIT facilities office whether

you want a desk with three legs or four legs. You say

you don’t really mind so long as the desk is not wobbily.

77

Page 78: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

The facilities department immediately hands you a three-

legged desk. Lets explore why. Consider placing one leg

down at a time. The first one will make it crash. The sec-

ond one will make it somewhat more stable, maybe only

allowing it to crash in one or two directions. However,

placing the third leg causes it to be stable. In fact, plac-

ing the third leg is analogous to placing the third point

in R3 when defining a plane’s equation. Now lets add the

fourth leg. If the ground is purely even, then were set!

However, what if it is a little off? Well, I’m sure you have

experienced this in real life before, the table will wobble.

Why? The reason is because that three of the legs are

stablly making contact with the ground, the plane,and

the fourth leg does not necessarily lie on the plane any-

more. The reason is the three points, or legs, are defining

78

Page 79: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

some flat space, the plane. Then, adding a fourth leg,

point, is in no guarantee going to lie on that plane! Lets

tackle the actual mathematics of this in order to get into

it.

When we are handed three points, and we want to find

the plane passes through all of them, we are going to

have to make two vectors. The reason is not direct, and

I will discuss it when it appears more apparent later in

the formulaic recipe. Okay, lets start at the point (1, 0, 0)

and write the vector to (0, 1, 1) and (0, 0, 2) as ~v and ~u

respectively.

~v = (−1, 1, 1) (104)

~u = (−1, 0, 2) (105)

Okay great. Now lets bring up why we did this. Well,

79

Page 80: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

we want a nifty way to say, here is an equation that is

satisfied for all points that lie on the plane, these three

included, as well as is not satisfied for all points that do

not. So, we want to say that all vectors that lie in the

plane are perpendicular to some vector that is normal

(perpendicular) to the plane. Thus, we can deploy the

cross product now. We utilize the cross product because

the cross product takes two vectors, in this case two vec-

tors in the plane, and generate a vector that is perpen-

dicular to both vectors. Thus, lets take the cross product

of ~u and ~v

~n = ~v × ~u = (2, 1, 1) (106)

These will be called the coefficients of our plane. Thus,

given the previous discussion, we need all vectors that lie

in the plane to be perpendicular to this vector, ~n, namely

80

Page 81: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

~n · ~w = 0, for some ~w in the plane. We can construct ~w

by using a similar strategy to getting ~v and ~u. Lets take

some arbitrary point (x, y, z) on the plane, and the point

(1, 0, 0), which we already know is on the plane. We then

can write ~w as:

~w = (x− 1, y − 0, z − 0) = (x− 1, y, z) (107)

Lets now take the dot product between this ’arbitrary’

vector, ~w and ~n to get an equation for the plane:

(2, 1, 1) · (x− 1, y, z) = 2x− 2 + y + z = 0 (108)

2x + y + z = 2 (109)

great! This is the equation for this plane. Lets just test

our three points very quickly to make sure that this does

81

Page 82: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

work.

2(1) + 0 + 0 = 2 (110)

2(0) + 1 + 1 = 2 (111)

0 + 0 + 2 = 2 (112)

5.8.1 TLDR Finding Equation of Plane

Looks good. In the future, You can take an alternative

that I myself find more useful. I take the TLDR version

which is:

1. write two vectors, ~v and ~u from the three points in

the plane

2. take the cross product of the two vectors, making vec-

tor ~v × ~u = ~n = (a, b, c)

3. Write the equation ax+ by+ cz = d, where d is some

unknown value I will calculate in the next step of the

82

Page 83: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

formula.

4. Plug in a point on the plane to the equation to solve

for the value of d

5. Write the equation ax+ by+ cz = d, where a, b, c are

found from step 2 and d is from step 4. Plug in an

extra point to make sure I didn’t mess up along the

way!

Let me do a quick example right now of the TLDR ver-

sion in action: Calculus the equation of the plane passing

through the points (1, 0, 0),(0, 1, 0), and (0, 0, 1).

1.

~v = (0, 1, 0)− (1, 0, 0) = (−1, 1, 0) (113)

~u = (0, 0, 1)− (1, 0, 0) = (−1, 0, 1) (114)

83

Page 84: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

2.

~v × ~u = (1, 1, 1) (115)

3. The equation of this plane can be expressed, letting

a, b, c = 1, 1, 1 as:

x + y + z = d (116)

4. Plugging in the point, (1, 0, 0)

1 + 0 + 0 = d (117)

We get that d is just 1. Therefore we get that the

equation of the plane is:

x + y + z = 1 (118)

84

Page 85: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

6 Lecture IV on July 8, 2019

6.1 Review

Press F for Sam’s Microphone. Lets have a quick re-

cap/review for things from last time. Reminder that the

dot product can be expressed as:

~v · ~u = |~v||~u| cos θ (119)

We also can use this to directly show that:

~u · ~u = |~u|2 (120)

In addition, we also mentioned the cross product. A cross

product takes in two vectors, and it creates a third vector

that is perpendicular to both of these vectors. In addi-

tion, the magnitude of the cross product is the area of

the parallelogram spanned by the two vectors. The cross

85

Page 86: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

product equation is:

|~v × ~u| = |~v||~u| sin θ (121)

We Also mentioned lines in space. We can write an

equation for a line in space by taking in two points in

space. We need to define this line by some base point,

namely one of the base points, along with a vector that is

in the direction of the line. the magnitude of the vector

does not matter since we can scale it up and down to

reach all points on the line. If we have a base point P ,

and a direction of the line ~u, then we can express the line

as:

P + t~u for t ∈ R (122)

86

Page 87: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

Which is just the mathematical representation of the idea

in the previous paragraph. Suppose we want to write a

line passing through the points (0, 0, 0) and (1, 1, 1). We

can then choose (0, 0, 0) as our base point, P , and we can

choose ~u to be the vector from the base point to the other

points, namely ~u = (1, 1, 1). Therefore, we can express

the equation of the line as:

l = (x, y, z) = (0, 0, 0) + t(1, 1, 1) for t ∈ R (123)

6.2 Planes in Space

We mentioned this briefly last time, and I wrote up

some notes over the weekend found in section 5 of my

lecture notes. They are detailed in solving the equation

of a plane. Lets carefully make our way through the prob-

lem mentioned at the end of class.

87

Page 88: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

Problem: Find the equation of the plane passing

through A = (1, 0, 0),B = (0, 1, 1), and C = (0, 0, 2).

Solution: We want to start by first generating a vector

normal to the plane that has all three points contained

in it. We do this because all vectors that lie within the

plane will be perpendicular to the normal vector. Thus

lets first come up with a normal vector. We can do this

by making two vectors from the three points in the plane.

We can make a vector from ~AB and ~AC. Thus, we can

write the normal vector as:

~n = ~AB × ~AC (124)

Thus what we can do with this is say, lets pick an ar-

88

Page 89: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

bitrary point D = (x, y, z). Then lets make a vector,

~AD that is a vector from the point A to the point D.

Notice that this vector must be be perpendicular to the

normal vector since the vector, AD, is in the plane, and

the normal vector3 is perpendicular to all vectors in the

plane. Therefore, it must be true that:

~AD · ~n = 0 (125)

(x− 1, y, z) · (2, 1, 1) = 0 (126)

2x + y + z = 2 (127)

This is our equation of the plane! Now, all points that

are on the plane will satisfy this equation, and all points

that are not on the plane will not satisfy this equation. A

question that came up in lecture was what happens if we3It was not explicitly calculate but the normal vector for this specific case happens to be ~n = (2, 1, 1)

89

Page 90: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

have a parallel plane to the plane we just calculated. Well

lets think about it. The normal vector’s direction cannot

change since the planes are parallel. Therefore, only the

number on the right hand side, 2 is our specific case, will

change. Looking back, we can now read off the normal

vector to the plane looking at a final answer. Namely,

assume you have some plane with constants a, b, c, d ex-

pressed below:

ax + by + cz = d (128)

Then, the normal vector for this equation is:

~n = (a, b, c) (129)

Lets try out an example problem now, by the way, space

is big, lines are small - Sam :

90

Page 91: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

Problem: Find the point where the line l = (x, y, z) =

(3 + t,−2t, 3) and x + y + z = 7

Solution Lets see what we can do here. Well lets check

if the line does intersect the plane since there is always

the chance that it doesn’t. Maybe the line passes by the

plane but doesn’t intersect it. In that case, there would

not be a point that is shared between the line and the

plane. We can try to plug in the parametric form of the

line, and we can plug it into the equation for the plane.

Lets try this because we can isolate the ”time” (the value

of t) that the line intersect the plane, and then we can

substitute back in the time to the line equation to find

the specific point that this occurs.

(3 + t) + (−2t) + 3 = 7 (130)

91

Page 92: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

t = −1 (131)

We can now plug in this value into the parametric repre-

sentation of the line to find the point that they intersect.

Namely we get that:

(x, y, z) = (3− 1,−2(−1), 3) = (2, 2, 3) (132)

Lets continue on and try another example that will intro-

duce a massive portion of course content that is calculat-

ing distances between objects in space.

Problem: Find the distance from the point (9, 4, 1)

to the line l = (x, y, z) = (1− 2t, 3, t).

Solution: Lets start by extracting two pieces of in-

formation from our line; a base point and the direction

92

Page 93: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

vector. We can read off the base point by setting t = 0.

Doing this, we get that P = (1, 3, 0) is a point on the

line. In addition, we can read off the direction vector by

looking at the coefficients in front of t, by equation 92.

So, we get that ~u = (−2, 0, 1). Great this is a lot of good

information that we will need. A naive solution would

be okay, I have a point on the line and another point in

space, I can just use the distance formula between them.

Well, this happens to not be the case. The reason being

is because we are interested in the shortest distance be-

tween the line and the point. While this idea represents

A distance, it is not the distance that we are looking for.

How about we try something else. Lets make a vector, ~v,

which will go from our base point on the line to the point

93

Page 94: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

(9, 4, 1) If we do this we get that:

~v = (8, 1, 1) (133)

Great! Now look at what we have thus far. We have a

vector that goes from the line to the point in space. In

addition, we have a vector that points in the direction of

the line. From a purely trigonometric standpoint, we can

represent the distance between the line and the point as:

d = |~v| sin θ (134)

This is a good start. However, we don’t know all that

much about the angle sin θ since it is not very clear. In-

stead, allow me to introduce a small trick. That is, let

me multiply the top and bottom of the expression for

94

Page 95: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

distance by |~u|. Doing so we get that:

d =|~v||~u| sin θ|~u|

(135)

Now take a moment and look at what we have here. The

top of this expression is something we are familiar with,

namely this is an expression for the magnitude of the

cross product. We can sub this in (This equation is Equa-

tion 91), to get:

d =|~v × ~u||~u|

(136)

Now we have an expression for distance in terms of the

two vectors that we begun the problem with! This is great

considering the fact that we can solve this just by getting

some magnitudes and solving for a cross product. For the

95

Page 96: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

specific numbers utilized in this problem, we obtain that:

d =√

21 (137)

6.3 Vector-Valued Functions

I hope you had a good three-minute break. Lets now

concern ourselves with a class of functions that are con-

sidered vector-valued:

f : Rn −→ R (138)

~r : R −→ Rn (139)

We have previously been dealing with the first of the two

aforementioned functions. We will now deal with the sec-

ond type. Lets try to comprehend whats going on here

with a ”real-world” example.

96

Page 97: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

Problem: Suppose you have a bug that is crawling

along the outside of a can. The bug is going to follow a

path that wraps around the can exactly once as it crawls

from the bottom to the top. Describe the path.

Solution: We may want to know about the velocity,

path, and even acceleration of the bug as it travels along

the surface of the can. Lets first try to describe the path.

We want to use a position vector for this that we will

denote as ~r(t). This is something we see all the time in

a physics classroom. We write the vector as a function

of time, namely the components of the vector change as

a function of time. Lets make some assumptions so that

we can come up with some path. Lets say that the height

of the cylindrical can is 1, the time it takes for the bug

97

Page 98: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

to reach the top is 1, and finally the radius of the cylin-

drical can is also 1. lets also say that the bug starts at

the position, (1, 0, 0), and it makes it way up to the point

(1, 0, 1). Intuitively, the bug has one unit of time to travel

a distance 1 to the top of the cylinder. Therefore the z

component of the path should simply be t. This is a

steady rise up the can. We can get the x and y compo-

nents by going around a circle. The parametrization for

a circle will always be (~x(t), ~y(t)) = (cos 2πt, sin 2πt)4.

Thus we can get the position of the bug as:

~r(t) = (cos 2πt, sin 2πt, t) (140)

If we want to then go on to calculate the velocity of

the bug at some time along its journey we can take the

derivative of the position vector component by compo-4Generally when you parametric a circle you will get just simply cos t, sin t where t ∈ [0, 2π]

98

Page 99: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

nent. Namely,

~v(t) =d~r(t)

dt(141)

For our case, we can take the derivative of our bug’s po-

sition to obtain:

~v(t) = (−2π sin 2πt, 2π cos 2πt, 1) (142)

We can further differentiate velocity to obtain the accel-

eration by the equation:

~a(t) =d~v(t)

dt(143)

Lets do another example problem for a path to get more

familiar with the idea of time-varying vectors.

Problem: Find the path traced out by a point on a

rolling bike wheel with unit radius, and unit speed.

99

Page 100: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

Solution: Lets have the point start at the bottom

of the bike wheel. In addition, lets start it at the origin.

Well first off, we don’t need all 3 dimensions. We can have

instead just x and y components. The first thing to notice

is that while the center of the wheel is constantly moving

down the block with a constant speed (unit speed of 1

in this case), the specific point on the wheel is oscillating

back and forth as it makes it way up and down. The

center of the wheel can be described for all times, t, as:

Center = (t, 1) (144)

Now, we have take out essentially the transitional motion.

Now the only motion that we have left is essentially the

rotational motion. We only have circular motion left.

100

Page 101: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

Therefore, the point will adopt all of the properties of

the center’s translational motion whilst also including its

own circular motion as well. With the way we started the

picture, we need the point to start at (0, 0). Therefore,

we obtain that the path is:

~r(t) = (t, 1) + (− sin t,− cos t) = (t− sin t, 1− cos t)

(145)

6.4 Quadric Surfaces

Quadric surfaces are like quadratic surfaces, but in 3D.

They are the 3D analogs. You actually have come in

contact with some of them in our first recitation when we

were curves for things such as 1 = x2 + y2 + z2. We will

be graphing these in R3. What does this look like? It

looks like a sphere! However, this one comes off as simple

101

Page 102: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

since we are probably somewhat familiar with this type.

Of course, there is a more formulaic way of dealing with

the general surface that will involve the level curves that

we covered. For example, what happens when we have

x2 + y2 − z2 = 1. This is something I sure do not know

what it looks like off the top of my head. However, lets

start taking slices of z for our equation. For example,

maybe we have that z = 0. Now we have a circle of

radius one centered at the origin. Now lets take a slice at

z = 1, Now, we have that x2 + y2 = 2. Now we have a

circle of radius,√

2 at Z=1. We also get the exact same

picture for z = −1. If we path these slices together, we

have what looks like an hourglass. See you tomorrow in

recitation!

102

Page 103: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

6.5 All other Path in Space Stuff (ASE)

While I do not anticipate this section really coming up

on the exam, I will include it just so that we have some

record that it is taught at least the semester that I took

it! When we discuss paths in space, we sometimes refer

to concepts such as tangent vectors, normal vectors, bi-

normal vectors, and curvature. Each one is honestly just

a formula, and it doesn’t necessarily offer much other than

helping you solve problems that ask you to solve each of

these types. The tangent vector, is defined as:

~T (t) =~r′(t)

|~r′(t)|(146)

Which, upon first glance is just the velocity vector di-

vided through by its magnitude. The reason why this

is called the tangent vector is simply because it denotes

103

Page 104: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

that direction of the velocity vector whilst omitting the

magnitude of the velocity vector. In addition to the tan-

gent vector, we can also discuss the normal vector that

is defined as:

~N(t) =~T ′(t)

|~T ′(t)|(147)

6.5.1 A Proof of Orthogonality

The normal vector as defined above is always perpen-

dicular to the tangent vector! We can quickly write up

a proof for this. Consider the tangent vector as defined

above. You can directly see that the tangent vector has a

constant magnitude for all time by definition. I will now

take use of this fact so that we obtain:

~T (t) · ~T (t) = |~T (t)|2 = 1 (148)

104

Page 105: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

Since ~T (t) is a unit vector. As such, lets now take the

derivative of such a dot product:

d

dt

(~T (t) · ~T (t)

)= ~T ′(t)·~T (t)+~T (t)·~T ′(t) = 2~T (t)·~T ′(t)

(149)

However, remember that we have already shown that

~T (t)cdot~T (t) is a constant value. Therefore, this deriva-

tive must be equal to zero. As such we have that:

d

dt

(~T (t) · ~T (t)

)= 2~T (t) · ~T ′(t) = 0 (150)

2~T (t) · ~T ′(t) = 0→ ~T (t) · ~T ′(t) = 0 (151)

As such, I can simply divide this expression by |~T ′(t)|

without changing the fact that this will still be equivalent

to zero.

1

|~T ′(t)|~T (t) · ~T ′(t) = 0 (152)

105

Page 106: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

~T (t) ·~T ′(t)

|~T ′(t)|= ~T (t) · ~N(t) = 0 (153)

Showing that given we way we have defined both the

normal and tangent vectors, they must be orthogonal for

all t. We can finally define our last vector that is rarely

asked about. But, in the case that it is, know that we

define the binormal vector as:

~B(t) = ~T (t)× ~N(t) (154)

If I were you, I would just be comfortable with tangent

and normal vectors. I think there is a pretty much zero

chance you are asked about a binormal vector. In the

case they do, I believe they would probably give you the

formula and make you compute it to see if you could com-

plete the cross product! The last application of the con-

106

Page 107: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

cepts that we have just learned is curvature. Curvature

measures how smooth a curve it. It requires that ~r′(t) is

continuous and that the magnitude, |~r′(t)| 6= 0. The way

I think of curvature is that it is a measurement of how fast

we are changing direction like in circular motion. There

are two definitions that we will come in contact with. Use

whichever one is easier for the given problem. Here is the

formula, where we denote curvature by the greek letter,

κ:

κ =|~T ′(t)||~r′(t)|

=|~r′(t)× ~r′′(t)||~r′(t)|3

(155)

We utilize these two formulas when we are given some

~r(t). In the rare case that instead of providing use with

a ~r(t) expression, we are instead given y = f (x), so that

we could express ~r(t) = (x, f (x), we get the following

107

Page 108: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

condensed form of the curvature expression:

κ =|f ′′(x)|

(1 + [f ′(x)]2)32

(156)

I wouldn’t think of this section as anymore than a col-

lection of new formulas that just utilize tools of paths

in space that we learned throughout the course. I do not

think that these formulas are commonplace even semester

by semester at MIT, so I wouldn’t bank on these on the

ASE. However, in the case that they are, these are the

formulas that represent the collection of.

Finally, I just wanted to add that if you are asked to

find the arc length of a curve, the following formula can

be utilized:

S =

ˆ b

a

||r′(t)||dt (157)

108

Page 109: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

Where the path starts at time a and terminates at time

b

7 Recitation II on July 9,2019

First off, great job on the quiz! So, we covered a lot,

so I want to take some of this space to summarize how

to tackle a couple of the most common points, lines, and

planes in space questions that require utilizing a Copi-

ous amount of vector mathematics to solve. That being

said, lets starts going through them case by case in a

systematic approach. I will try to teach each with an

example. Here we go:

109

Page 110: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

7.1 Point to Point

This is the most simple case and will seem like things

you are most likely familiar with given a point, (a, b, c),

and another point, (g, e, f ), Then the distance between

these two points is denoted as,

d =√

(a− g)2 + (b− e)2 + (c− f )2 (158)

This is just Pythagorean theorem in three dimensions!

7.2 Point to Line

Lets teach this one through a direct example. Suppose

that we have a point (1, 3, 4) out in space and the line

defined by the equation, l = (x, y, z) = (2− 2t, 3 + t, 4t).

We will then be asked if we can find the shortest distance

between this line and the point. This is referring to the

110

Page 111: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

perpendicular distance that is the move for all of these

types of problem! Okay lets break this down into a recipe.

I will say, like with all of the distance formulas, you can

get creative and this is not the only way to do them.

1. Find a point on the line and the vector that denotes

the line’s direction. We can find a point on the line

by plugging in t = 0, with that, we get that the point

(2, 3, 0) is on the line. In addition, the direction of the

line is the coefficients of t. Doing so, we get that the

direction of the line is, ~u = (−2, 1, 4). We completed

step one!

2. Write a vector from a point on the line to the point

out in space. Okay so we already have both points

in question. The point on the line is (2, 3, 0) and the

point in space is (1, 3, 4). Therefore, the vector from

111

Page 112: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

the first point to the second point is, ~v = (−1, 0, 4).

Perfect! Notice that the magnitude of this vector rep-

resents some distance from the line to the point, but

it does not represent the perpendicular distance be-

tween the line and the point.

3. Trigs and Tricks. Okay, so going off the rift at the

end of the second step, we can use some right triangle

trigonometry to calculate the perpendicular distance.

Namely,

d = |~v| sin θ (159)

So that was the trig. I diagram would be helpful to

draw out yourself, but I unfortunately don’t know how

to add that to the latex file. Here comes the trick. Be-

cause we don’t really know what the angle exactly is,

we want to get rid of it. We can do this by multiplying

112

Page 113: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

and dividing our expression for distance by |~u|. Why,

because now the numerator of our function is the ex-

pression for the magnitude of the cross product. We

can represent this discussion in equation form as:

d =|~v||~u| sin θ|~u|

(160)

d =|~v × ~u||~u|

(161)

7.3 Point to Plane

Lets lead by example again. So planes are spoken about

in terms of their normal vector. Okay, so if we have a

plane denoted by the equation, 2x+ 3y− z = 6. We can

pluck off the coefficients of of the normal vector by looking

at the coefficients in front of x, y, and z. Therefore, for

this case we have that ~n = (2, 3,−1). Now lets say I want

113

Page 114: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

to find the distance between this plane and the point,

(2, 2, 2). Lets do this systematically again.

1. Write a Unit normal vector from the normal vector

expression. So in order to change our normal vector, ~n

to the form of the unit normal vector by the following

equation:

~n =~n

|~n(162)

So, in our particular example we have that the magni-

tude of our normal vector is ]√

14. Thus, we get that

our unit normal vector is denoted as:

~n =1√14

(2, 3,−1) (163)

2. Write a vector from a point on the plane to the point

out in space. Okay so a point on the plane must

satisfy the plane’s equation. So there are a ton of

114

Page 115: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

choices that are fine. I’ll just pick (1, 1,−1) because

that lies on the plane. So now we need to write a

vector from (1, 1,−1) to (2, 2, 2). The vector would

be:

~v = (1, 1, 3) (164)

3. Dot the vector, ~v with the unit normal vector to get

the distance. Why are we doing this? Well lets think

about it. We only want the component of ~v that lies

along the normal direction. Thus, if we take the dot

product of the ~v with the unit normal, we will simply

extract the components of the distance that lie along

the arbitrary vector ~v, and we only take the stuff in

the unit normal direction. This is, we get that:

d = ~v · ~n = (1, 1, 3) · 1√14

(2, 3,−1) =2√14

(165)

115

Page 116: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

Of course, there are alternative ways to do this, let for

example stating that |~v| cos θ = d, then multiplying

the top and bottom by |~n|. Same exact results and

the same exact steps in all honesty. Just a different

approach.

7.4 Line to Line

Here we in my opinion one of the hardest to visual-

ize. Unlike in R2, we now have lines that can be skew.

Consider we have to lines, L1 = (2 − t, t, 4 + 3t) and

L2 = (1− 2t,−1 + t, 2t), and we want to know the per-

pendicular distance between the lines. Lets start off by

gaining some insight on the lines. Namely, lets define one

point on each line and also compute the lines direction.

L1 contains the point (2, 0, 4) and has a direction denoted

116

Page 117: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

by the vector, ~v = (−1, 1, 3). Please see the section in

the notes if getting this part of the information is difficult

in section 6. In addition, L2 contains the point (1,−1, 0)

and has a direction denoted by the vector, ~u = (−2, 1, 2).

With all that information close enough to sniff, lets start

the process of getting the answer to this type of question.

1. Write a unit normal vector generated by the cross

product of the two line’s directions. So what does

this mean? It means that if we want to find the per-

pendicular direction that exists between the two lines

that are behaving as vectors, we can take the cross

product of line 1’s vector with line 2’s vector. For our

specific example we have that:

~n = (−1, 1, 3)× (−2, 1, 2) = (−1,−4, 1) (166)

117

Page 118: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

In order to transform this into a unit vector, since it

will come to play later, lets compute the magnitude of

this cross product and divide through by it, namely:

~n =~n

|~n|(167)

With the magnitude of√

18, we can express the unit

normal vector as:

~n =~n

|~n|=

1√18

(−1,−4, 1) (168)

Great step one done.

2. Write a vector from a point on one line to a point on

the other line. If you remember back to the beginning

of this subsection, we found a point on each line. We

have that (2, 0, 4) is on line 1 5, and (−1, 1, 0) is on5Call center amiright

118

Page 119: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

line 2. Therefore the vector that connects the two is:

~w = (−1,−1,−4) (169)

Dot the unit normal vector with the vector between

the two points. So this is really similar to the point

and the plane? Why might this be the case? Well lets

take a moment to try and internalize it. In step one

we took the cross product of the two vectors, which

essentially is creating a normal vector, a plane type

thing, from the two line vectors. We are then taking

this orthogonal vector to both of the line’s direction,

and we are dotting it with some vector from one line

to the other. What is this doing? The dot product is

essentially filtering out any of the distance that is not

strictly perpendicular between the two lines, and its

119

Page 120: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

result is the distance between the two lines, namely:

d = ~hatn· ~w =1√18

(−1,−4, 1)·(−1,−1,−4) (170)

As always, if the distance turns out negative just take

the magnitude of this. This just means, since we are

working with vectors, that a direction we took hap-

pened to be the opposite, and there is not real mean-

ing besides this.

7.5 Line to Plane and Plane to Plane

For this one, we are at the are seemingly easier cases.

In both of these cases, we either are going to have the line

intersect the plane or it has to be parallel to the plane.

If it intersects the plane, then intuitively, the distance

between the two is zero. If the two are perpendicular. In

120

Page 121: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

both cases, in order to not repeat myself, for both these

cases, simply pick a point on the line or plane and then

treat the problem like a point to plane problem!!!! The

exact same way and you should be perfect :))) Hope all

this helped! So yeah, that was a lot, but I hope it all

makes sense!! Also, sorry for the delay in the posting

of this! Let me do one with parallel planes just to have

one in the notes. Find the distance between the planes

x + y + z = 4 and x + y + z = 5. First off how do

we know that they are parallel. Well, since their normal

vectors are parallel, then it must be true that their plane

surfaces are also parallel.

1. Compute the unit normal vector of the plane. For this

plane we have that: ~n = (1, 1, 1). Thus if we would

like to calculate the unit normal of this, we would

121

Page 122: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

obtain that:

~n =~n

|~n|=

1√3

(1, 1, 1) (171)

2. Calculate a vector from one point on the first plane

to a point on the second plane. For convieance, since

there are enourmous amount of options to choose from,

i’ll choose the point (4, 0, 0) from the first plane and

(5, 0, 0) from the second plane. Doing this, we obtain

that the vector from the first point to the second is:

~v = (1, 0, 0) (172)

3. Take the dot product between ~v and the unit normal.

We do this to compute the distance by essentially pro-

jecting ~v along the direction of the unit normal vec-

tors. Namely, we are extracting all of the perpendic-

122

Page 123: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

ular distance from the ~v by dotting it with the unit

vector. For our case we have that:

d = ~v · ~n =1√3

(1, 1, 1) · (1, 0, 0) =1√3

(173)

Jeez that was a lot. Hopefully it is helpful throughout

the course :)

8 Lecture V on July 10, 2019

Lets kick off lecture 5 with a little bit of review from

last time. We ended lecture talking about a quadric sur-

face. A quadric surface is a 3D analog of parabolic type

curves, now we have quadratic surfaces. In order to best

draw quadric surfaces, we make it simpler for ourselves by

taking z = c for some constant c, and we look at how the

equation look in two variables, namely making some flat

123

Page 124: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

shape. By us taking these slices, we get a conic section.

We place these flat shapes at the specific levels of z. We

then can construct the surface together by grouping all

of the levels curves together. Consider the example of:

x2 + y2 − z2 = 1 (174)

lets move over the z, and then set z = c and pick some

constants such as z = 0, 1, 4.

x2 + y2 = 1 + z2 (175)

x2 + y2 = 1 + c2 (176)

where we would then plug in our specific values of z, note

the resulting circle located at these specific values of c and

124

Page 125: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

be able to graph these circles. Imagine now you have:

x2 + y2 = z2 (177)

Then notice, at the slice at z = 0, there is not necessar-

ily a circle, but instead, there is exactly a point. Lets

try to think about the exact shape of the aforementioned

equation. Note that if we take z slices, we actually re-

sult in what appears to be a cone. Moreso, we do not

necessarily have a cone just above the xy plane, but we

also have a cone below the xy plane. Indeed, the points

of each cones share the origin, and then expand either

above or below the plane into their conic shape. Lets

consider more interesting cases. Consider the case of:

x2 + y2 = −1 + z2 (178)

125

Page 126: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

Now we need to do a bit more thinking. With this, imag-

ine we set z = 0, do we have a legitimate solution? no.

Why? because the smallest that x2 + y2 can be is zero.

As such, setting it equal to a negative value will not con-

struct any surface. Now, the first values where we start

to see a surface is at z = ±1. As such, instead of getting

a single surface across the space. We now have a surface

that has its lowest value at z = 1 and another surface

that has its largest value at z = −1. There exists a space

between them where there is no surface. Namely, there

are no surfaces for z ∈ (−1, 1). We’ll finally end with the

parabolic analog. Consider the function:

z = x2 + y2 (179)

126

Page 127: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

Where you will get circles for each z = c slice for c ∈

[0,∞) that are increasing in radius, with radius equal to

√c. This looks just like a parabola but in 3-dimensional

space. In fact, for those that have seen polar coordinates

before, note that this is the function z = r2. So it is

a parabola in this type of coordinate system. But, if

you don’t know this, do not worry we’ll get a done of

practice with this very shortly. We can add all type of

transformations to the parabolic equation above, like

z = −x2 − y2 (180)

we just type the graph and flip it below the xy plane.

The final one we can look at is:

z = −x2 + y2 (181)

127

Page 128: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

Lets try the technique we have been learning. Notice

that at the z = 0 slice, we obtain that y = ±x, we we get

a set of criss-crossing lines. And, as we start increasing

our z slices, we start to get hyperbolas. This is very hard

to see, but we are basically graphing a pringle! I attach

the following image for clarity.

Figure 1: Pringle 6

6Do not copy-strike me.

128

Page 129: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

8.1 Polar, Cylindrical, and Spherical Coordinates

Now we are getting to a very important section. We

will be switching between all three coordinate systems,

Cartesian, Cylindrical, and Spherical all the time. Before

we introduce our new coordinate systems, lets take a step

back and take a bit more of a formal approach on our un-

derstanding of the Cartesian system. When we describe

x, we can define x as being the signed distance from the

y-axis. In 3D, we can represent x as the signed distance

from the yz- plane. A coordinate system in general is

an object that gives you enough specific location to find

the actual point that you are trying to describe. We can

make analogous arguments for both the y and z coordi-

nate by describing them as the signed distance from the

xz and xy plane respectively. Together, all three coor-

129

Page 130: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

dinates together given enough information to specific a

point. More generally, a coordinate system on Rn is a

set of a function, f : Rn −→ R that can be used to

uniquely identify points in Rn. For example, in the case

of polar-coordinates, we note that (r, θ), where r(P ) is

the distance from the origin to the point, P . In addition,

θ(P ) is the signed angle between ~OP , the origin to the

point vector, and the positive x-axis. Lets start the table

of ”conversions” between Cartesian and other coordinate

systems.

8.1.1 Polar Coordinates

We can summarize the relationships between polar and

Cartesian coordinates as:

r2 = x2 + y2 (182)

130

Page 131: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

θ = arctany

x7 (183)

We can also head in the opposite direction:

x = r cos θ (184)

y = r sin θ (185)

8.1.2 Cylindrical Coordinates

Cylindrical coordinates are the bigger brother to polar

coordinates. They adopt the same idea of polar coordi-

nates and add the z-direction. However, the z direction

is the same in both the Cartesian and Cylindrical coordi-

nate systems. In words, z is the distance to the xy-plane,

r is the distance to the z-axis, and θ(P ) is the signed

angle from the p-containing half plane whose boundary7This formula is pretty good. However, please make note of which quadrant the angle actually is in since

this function will not necessarily produce the correct one.

131

Page 132: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

is along the z-axis.

r2 = x2 + y2 (186)

θ = arctany

x(187)

z = z (188)

We can also head in the opposite direction:

x = r cos θ (189)

y = r sin θ (190)

z = z (191)

Lets add an example here so that we can see how to graph

a system of inequalities, something that is a very powerful

tool that you will see come up all the time. Suppose we

have the following 3 inequalities that we are supposed to

132

Page 133: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

graph in conjunction, a system.:

r ≤ 4 (192)

0 ≤ θ ≤ π

3(193)

0 ≤ z ≤ 2 (194)

Here is the resulting image. The strategy here is that we

want to say that any point, in three dimensional space

that satisfies all three of the above inequalities, then the

graph of all points that do this is the resulting graph found

below. I borrowed the illustration from Sam’s book, and

I do not own nor did I make this graph. We started this

by first graphing the first inequality which is a cylinder of

radius 4. However, now as we move to the second inequal-

ity, now we have to get rid of all the point in the cylinder

that do not have a theta coordinate that is, θ ∈ [0, π3 ].

133

Page 134: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

Even here, we are not done! We now deploy the third

inequality that limits the values of z for, z ∈ [0, 2]. As

such, we cut off the points in our wedge that do not have

a z coordinate lying in the specified range for z.

Figure 2: Graph of Inequalities

A proper word explanation is that the points satisfying

r ≤ 4 are in a cylinder of radius 4 centered along the

z-axis. The points satisfying, 0 ≤ θ ≤ π3 are between the

two θ half planes, and the points satisfying, 0 ≤ z ≤ 2 are

between the z = 0 and z = 2 planes. Now its time for the

biggest and baddest of them all, spherical coordinates.

134

Page 135: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

8.1.3 Spherical Coordinates

Lets first get the conversions up on the board so that

we have a good starting place:

ρ2 = x2 + y2 + z2 (195)

φ = arccosz√

x2 + y2 + z2(196)

θ = arctany

x(197)

And now, in the other direction:

x = ρ sinφ cos θ (198)

y = ρ sinφ sin θ (199)

z = ρ cosφ (200)

We can think, for some point P , that ρ(P ) is the distance

from P to the origin. The way we define θ is the same

135

Page 136: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

as we do for cylindrical coordinates. Finally, φ(P ) is the

angle between ~OP , vector from the origin to P , and the

positive z-axis. An important note is that θ is bounded,

namely 0 ≤ θ ≤ 2π. φ is also bounded, 0 ≤ φ ≤ π.

9 Lecture VI on July 11, 2019

Today we are starting chapter 4, which is the first chap-

ter of multivariate calculus type stuff! Get hype! It does

start off with limits, which tend to be the most out there

of subjects. We are going to try today to get familiar

with the concept of multivariate limits.

9.1 Limits

Lets start off by talking about the single variable idea

of limits. We can think of it as what a function of doing

136

Page 137: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

as a function approaches a specific value, arbitrarily close

to, but not at, the point. Lets get some vocabulary down

before we dive into the core idea. We state that a func-

tion is bounded below if its range is a subset of [a,∞) for

some a ∈ R What this is saying is that the function, f ,

does not have an output value that is smaller than a. The

greatest lower bound of a function, f , is the largest a such

that the range of f ⊂ [a,∞). This sideways U , is just a

sign for subset of. Imagine now, that you have a function

defined on the unit interval that is increasing. By strictly

increasing, I mean that f (a) ≤ f (b) for a < b. We can

write our function as: f : (0, 1) −→ R. Remember that

the function is always increasing. Therefore, if we want

to compute the limit at 0, even though the function is

not defined there, we can note that our function the way

137

Page 138: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

it is drawn is bounded below by 2, then the limit as we

approach zero is 2.

Definition: If f is an increasing function on (0, 1),

then we say that limr→0 f (r) is the greatest lower bound

of f . We can have the same idea for decreasing func-

tion, namely if f is a decreasing function on (0, 1) then

we say that limr→0 f (r) is the smallest upper bound of

f . We aren’t encompassing everything though with this

idea. We are only looking at decreasing and increasing

functions, which is totally limiting a massive amount of

functions. We also are only dealing with single-variable

function that obviously may be a problem in a multivari-

ate class! Lets now drop these assumptions on f as we

trudge forth.

138

Page 139: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

Definition: If ~a ∈ Rn and r > 0, the punctured ball,

B∗(~a, r) is the set of points, {~x ∈ Rn : 0 < |~x−~a| ≤ r}.

This is why we call this a punctured ball, let me break

down this notation. We take all the points that are con-

tained in a radius, r from some point a. We look at the

set of points in the ball, but we omit the point right at

the center, a. In the case of functions, f : R2 → R the

punctured ball is really just a punctured disk Lets con-

tinue with this:

Definition: Suppose D ∈ Rn and ~a ∈ Rn and that

f : D → R. We define, [m(r),M(r)], as the small-

est closed interval containing the image, range, of the

punctured ball, B∗(~a, r) ∩ D under f . The last thing,

139

Page 140: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

B∗(~a, r) ∩ D means the points that are both in the im-

age of the punctured ball and the domain. Both of the

functions, M(r) and m(r) are f : R→ R, meaning that

they take in a radius value and they output another single

value. We say that the limit of f (~x) as ~x → ~a exists if

m(r) and M(r) converge to a common value L, we write:

lim~x→~a

f (~x) = L (201)

Wherever you see ~x note that this is a vector of values so

think (x, y) or (x, y, z) instead of the single variable case

of just x, that you came in contact with previously. Lets

consider the function

f (x, y) = x2 − y2 + 3 (202)

140

Page 141: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

Well lets first convert this using polar coordinates:

x = t cos θ (203)

y = t sin θ (204)

f (x, y) = 3 + t2 cos2 θ − t2 sin2 θ (205)

f (r, θ) = 3 + t2(cos2 θ − sin2 θ) (206)

f (r, θ) = 3 + t2 cos(2θ) (207)

Therefore, since all cosine functions are bounded above

by 1 and below by -1, we can construct our m(r) and

M(r) by hitting the bounds for cosine since nothing else

is limiting it. I will say that this is the method we will

most likely doing throughout the rest of the limit section

because we cannot always ’guess’ what we think the two

m functions are going to be just by looking at it.Just a

141

Page 142: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

reminder that t ≤ r. Therefore, as a last step, we es-

sentially sub out t with r since we are worried about the

biggest and smallest. Instead, we convert to polar coor-

dinates, and then we make sure that we pick a function

for m(r) and M(r) that are only function of r and not a

function of θ. It is important to know some of those trig

identities! Thus:

m(r) = 3− r2 (208)

M(r) = 3 + r2 (209)

Note that if we take the limit as r → 0, the two functions

do converge to the same value, namely 3. Here is a photo

of M(r) in purple ,m(r) pink in and then f (x, y) in blue.

142

Page 143: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

.

Figure 3: Limit Functions

You can see that we approach the value of 3 at the same

point where they all meet! It does not need to be as

hand-wavy, you can see that I used the bounded nature

of trig functions to get the same values as Sam. Lets do

another example in order to try to get this down:

143

Page 144: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

Problem: Determine whether :

lim(x,y)→(0,0)

(−xyx2 + y2

)(210)

Solution: We are going to be interested in whether as

we move towards the origin from multiple directions, if we

achieve the same limit. We cannot just simply complete

this problem right at the origin due to the fact that the

function is not even defined at the origin. Lets write that:

x = t cos θ (211)

y = t sin θ (212)

We can now substitute this into our function to achieve

144

Page 145: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

that 8:

f (x, y) = f (t) =−t2 sin θ cos θ

t2= −1

2sin 2θ (213)

Now lets look at the biggest and smallest our function

f can be. Namely, we can achieve a largest value of 12

and a smallest value of −12 , As such we found our M(r)

and m(r) respectively. Therefore, as r → 0, we see that

M(r) and m(r) converge to different values, 12 and −1

2 .

Therefore, the limit does not exist. Lets have a couple of

other tools, in the back of our toolkit:8reminder that 2 sin θ cos θ = sin 2θ

145

Page 146: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

9.2 Other tools for limits

9.2.1 Alternate Paths

Consider that you have two paths, ~r1 and ~r2 in Rn with

that property that:

limt→0

f (~r1(t)) 6= limt→0

f (~r2(t)) (214)

with ~r1(0) = ~r2(0) = ~a, Then we state that lim~x→~a does

not exist. This does not mean that if two paths do hap-

pen to have the same limit, that the limit does exist.

Why? There are an infinite amount of paths, so just hav-

ing two approach the same value does not actually allow

us to say it exists. We would need to turn to our M(r)

and m(r) notation used before that. This is useful trick

in the case that the limit does not exist. For example,

sometimes you may try plugging in paths like y = x or

146

Page 147: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

y = 0 to show that the limit does not exist at the origin

perhaps if they lead to different coordinates.

9.2.2 Continuity

Definition: f is continuous if its values equal its limit.

Theorem

1. x, y, z are continuous

2. sums and products of continuous functions are con-

tinuous like (x + y + z, xyz, x2 + y2, etc)

3. Compositions of continuous functions are continuous

(exy+z) for example. Most functions that we are deal-

ing with should be continuous.

lets now turn to an example for the alternative paths

example:

147

Page 148: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

9.2.3 Examples of Using the Further Techniques

Suppose we want to consider all directions at the exact

same time. We can let the angle of approach be θ. We

can make a substitution that:

x = t cos θ (215)

y = t sin θ (216)

When we do this we have to be very careful. Why? Be-

cause by making the substitution only takes into account

straight paths, along a specific value of θ, but we are not

taking into account any curvy path. Like maybe a pos-

sible candidate could be y = x2 or even y = x3. These

are curvy paths that were not tested by just making a

polar coordinate conversion. We will cover this problem

in lecture tomorrow so be on the lookout for that! Also

148

Page 149: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

just a reminder, Sam is still teaching at the moment, and

his plane is leaving in 56 minutes lol. I have attached an

image for clarity on the subject. We see that the limit

appears to exist along all straight lines, but if you take

the y = x2 curvy path the origin, you will reach a differ-

ent limit value. As Sam said, you have to surf your way

to the origin along the curvy paths.

Figure 4: Different Curves to the Origin

149

Page 150: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

10 Recitation III on July 12, 2019

Great work today in recitation, and thank you to Kla-

jdi’s half section for joining us. I just thought it would be

useful to put some examples I made from the worksheet

straight into the lecture notes. So there is not necesasily

anything new in this section that isn’t from the work-

sheets, but it hopefully helps in organizing your studying.

That being said lets just go through a few of the problems

for us to get more comfortable with limits.

Problem: Show that lim(x,y)→(0,0)

(x2 + y2)32(1− sin2(x2 + y3)) = 0.

By showing that M(r) and m(r) converge to 0.

Solution: Lets start as we have in the past by plugging

150

Page 151: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

in polar coordinates:

f (x, y) = f (t, θ) = (t2)32(1−sin2(t2 cos2 θ+t3 sin3 θ)) = t3 cos2(t2 cos2 θ+t3 sin3 θ))

(217)

Now we are close. Notice now that the cos2 curve is

bounded above by 1 and below by 0, irrespective of the

argument. therefore, we can bound f (x, y).

0 ≤ f (r, θ) ≤ r3 (218)

As such we arrive on the fact that M(r) = r3 and m(r) =

0. Therefore, as we take the limit as r −→ 0, we get that

the limit exists and is equal to zero.

Problem: Show that lim(x,y)→(0,0)

(x2 + y2) sin1

x2 + y2= 0.

By showing that M(r) and m(r) converge to 0.

151

Page 152: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

Solution: Lets start as we have in the past by plugging

in polar coordinates:

f (x, y) = f (t, θ) = t2(sin2 θ + cos2 θ) sin1

t2= t2 sin

1

t2

(219)

Now we are close. Notice now that the sine curve is

bounded above by 1 and below by -1. therefore, we can

bound f (x, y).

− 1r2 ≤ f (r, θ) ≤ 1r2 (220)

And as such, we get that M(r) = r2 and m(r) = −r2.

Therefore, as we take the limit as r −→ 0, we see that

the limit on both sides approaches zero, and as such the

limit exists and is zero.

Problem: Show that lim(x,y)→(0,0)−x2yx4+y2 does not exist

152

Page 153: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

even though the limits along every line through the origin

exist and are equal.

Solution: First, let us prove that the limit converges

to a value if we approach it through any line y = mx by

doing a substitution:

lim(x,y)→(0,0)

−x2y

x4 + y2= lim

x→0

−x2mx

x4 + (mx)2(221)

= limx→0

−mx3

x2(x2 + m2)(222)

= limx→0

−mx(x2 + m2)

(223)

=0

0 + m2= 0 (224)

We’ve proved that the limit converges for any linear

approach to the origin, however, that doesn’t guarantee

that the limit will converge to the same value for any type

153

Page 154: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

of approach. For instance, we could approach the origin

through a parabolic track of the form y = ax2 in which

case the limit becomes:

lim(x,y)→(0,0)

−x2y

x4 + y2= lim

x→0

−x2ax2

x4 + (ax2)2(225)

= limx→0

−ax4

x4(1 + a2)(226)

= limx→0

−a(1 + a2)

=−a

(1 + a2)(227)

which, similar to that previous problem, depends on the

specific parabola we use to approach the origin (in this

case determined by the value of a). We therefore con-

clude that the limit does not exist.

Hopefully the limit stuff is all down. The most impor-

tant thing to get out of it, in my opinion is M(r) and

154

Page 155: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

m(r) which really comes down to picking a floor and ceil-

ing for your function. Basically, we are saying that our

function is never larger thanM(r) and never smaller than

m(r). Then, if the floor and the ceiling are converging

towards the same values, namely closing in on the center

of the room, we get the limit exists at that point, and it is

equal to that said value. See you on Monday! One week

until the exam :)

11 Lecture VII on July 15, 2019

11.1 Partial Derivatives

Today we are getting to derivatives finally! Lets take

a step back and generalize the derivative from single-

variable calculus. Derivatives are really just seeing how

much the function output changes as we change the input

155

Page 156: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

slightly. We see that:

f (a + h)− f (a) ≈ 0 (228)

for some small h. This captures the idea mentioned above

that the function can increase or decrease as you move

a small amount away from a but for really small h the

change is not very large. If we want to gain more infor-

mation, we can instead look at:

f (a + h)− f (a)

h(229)

Which, as we take the limit as h goes to zero, becomes

the formula that is used for a derivatives of the function

f, namely:

f ′(a) = limh→0

f (a + h)− f (a)

h(230)

156

Page 157: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

If we zoom in at this at this point, we will see a straight

line. While the function itself might be curvy all over the

place, if we zoom in so much, we see that the function

appears to be linear, and as such, we can think of the

derivative of f at a is just the slope at that point. It

tells us how sensitive f is to small changes in the input.

Lets take a step up into 2 variables so that we can handle

multivariable differentiation.

If f : R2 → R, then we define the partial derivative of

f with respect to x and y respectively as:

∂xf (a, b) =∂f

∂x(a, b) = lim

h→0

f (a + h, b)− f (a, b)

h(231)

∂yf (a, b) =∂f

∂y(a, b) = lim

h→0

f (a, b + y)− f (a, b)

h(232)

Effectively what we are doing is saying let me hold one of

157

Page 158: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

my variables constant and only look at changes in the

other. We see that for ∂xf (a, b), we are just holding the

y-variable constant and looking at a small change in x to

remark on how sensitive f is with respect to changes in

x. Lets try an example of taking partial derivatives:

Problem: Differentiate ex sinxy with respect to (w.r.t)

x and y.

Solution:

∂x(f (x, y) = ∂x(ex sinxy) = ∂x(e

x) sinxy+ex∂x(sinxy)9

(233)

∂x(f (x, y) = ex sinxy + yex cosxy (234)

∂y(f (x, y) = ∂y(ex sinxy) (235)

9I am using product rule here since x comes up in both of the terms!

158

Page 159: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

∂y(f (x, y) = ex∂y(sinxy) = xex cosxy (236)

Theres not much new here. We are just holding one vari-

able constant and taking the derivatives with it one of the

variables. The actual application of the partial derivatives

is what is going to be fun. So we can put our tools of par-

tial derivatives to work looking at graphs. Suppose we

want to calculate the sign of the partial derivative at a

specific point. Suppose we look at the point (1, 1) on the

graph below.

Figure 5: f (x, y)

159

Page 160: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

At this point, we want to determine if the partial deriva-

tive with respect to x and y is positive or negative. Lets

first look at the partial derivative with respect to x. Graph-

ically, what this means is that if we scoot a little bit away

from (1, 1) in the positive x direction, what direction are

we heading? We can see that we would be heading down-

wards, looking like rolling down the hill, therefore we ex-

pect the partial derivative at this point to be negative.

Now lets look at the y direction. If we scoot out just a

little bit forwards in the positive y-axis. We see that if

we were to take a step forward in the positive y direc-

tion, we would have to walk a little bit uphill since the

function is increasing. Therefore, since we would walking

upwards, the partial derivative with respect to y at this

point is positive. Lets continue with even more examples:

160

Page 161: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

Problem: Given these 3 graphs, decide which of these

graphs is f , ∂xf , and ∂yf . Here is the picture of the three

graphs:

Figure 6: Graphs of f , ∂xf , and ∂yf in no particular

order.

Solution: Maybe we want to start by guessing that

the first graph is f . This is nothing more than a guess.

Suppose we choose to look at the x axis. Well if the first

graph is indeed f , then we would expect that since f re-

mains flat along the x-axis, we would expect the deriva-

tive with respect to f along this to be zero. This happens

161

Page 162: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

to not be the case for either of the two other graphs. As

such, there is no way that this can be the function itself.

Maybe now lets choose the second graph to be the func-

tion f . Lets look at the rightmost edge towards us. Note

that as we move along the edge from back to front, along

the +x-direction, we see that the shape initially increases,

and then it decreases. As such, we would expect a graph

of the derivative with respect to x to first start off as

positive, to match the initial increase, and turn negative,

about halfway through to match the decrease. Therefore,

the third graph captures this, so we say that the third

graph is the graph of ∂xf . Finally, we can label the first

graph as ∂yf . We can look at the y-axis edge to match

the behavior of the two.

162

Page 163: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

Here is a neat little theorem that will come in handy

throughout the course, it is not all too powerful in the

grander scheme of things but something to mention nonethe-

less.

Theorem Clairout’s Theorem states that if fxy and fyx

exist and are continuous, then:

fxy = fyx (237)

I have a cool proof for this that I will include in the recita-

tion notes tomorrow for those that are interested in com-

pleting a mathematics major, so be on the lookout for

that :). Anyways, back to the course. Lets do the follow-

ing example:

163

Page 164: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

11.2 A difficult Example

Problem: Given the values of f shown, approximate

fxy(P ). Let be be the bottom left corner that has value 2.

0.1 to the right of this point, is another point with value

3. 0.1 above the point P , lets have a point Q that has

value 4. In the top right corner which is 0.1 away from

the point Q and 0.1 above the bottom corner (the four

points form a square) has value 6. Sorry I didn’t get a

picture of the drawing. If any of you have it email it to me.

Solution: Lets thinking about what we have to do

here. A reminder that gy measures the change in the y-

direction of g. Here, we are doing this for g = fx. For

those that haven’t seen it, I know I haven’t, fxy means

to first take the derivative with respect to x and then

164

Page 165: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

take the derivative with respect to y. Therefore, lets first

concern ourselves with the inside derivative, the partial

derivative with respect to x of f . If we have just the pic-

ture available to us, then if we scoot over 0.1, our function

changes value by 1 on the bottom left (lets call this point

P ) points Therefore, fx can be viewed as the change in

the function value over the change in the movement over.

Therefore, we would get that:

∂xf (P ) ≈ 1

0.1= 10 (238)

Now lets do the same thing for the upper left point. We

note that the function, when scooted over from the up-

per left point to the right has a function value change

of 2 in the space of 0.1. Therefore, we can get a similar

165

Page 166: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

expression, calling this point Q.

∂xf (Q) ≈ 2

0.1= 20 (239)

Okay so that takes care of the first derivative. Now lets

take ∂y of ∂xf . at each of the points. Now we can look

at the points P and Q that we have been looking at

throughout the problem. We see that value of ∂xf goes

from 10 to 20 as we move up from point P to Q changes

our y value by 0.1. Therefore, We have our function, ∂xf

changing value by 10 in the space of 0.1 scooting up in

the y-direction. Therefore, we can calculate ∂y(∂xf ), fxy

as:

∂y(∂xf ) ≈ 20− 10

0.1= 100 (240)

Resulting in the answer of 100. Lets just take a recap as

to what we did since I probably made some spelling errors

166

Page 167: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

and weird sentences trying to catch up. I first started by

look at the point P in the bottom left and the point Q

in the top left. I then said, lemme scoot over from each

point a little bit to the left, seeing how much the function

changed each time over the amount of space I scooted

over. This represented my ∂xf at each of the points. Now

I want to calculate ∂yg of my function g which is g = ∂xf .

Therefore, I start at the point, P , scoot up along the y-

direction to the point Q. I see that my function changes

by 10 whilst making a scoot of only 0.1. Thus, I get that

the ∂yg = ∂y(∂xf ) = fxy ≈ 100. Please email me with

any questions you may have in this section because I know

that this problem got some confusion as an exercise, let

me add, if we instead did fyx which would be ∂x(∂yf ).

Similar to single-variable, lets see how we can linearly

167

Page 168: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

approximate function at a specific point. This was added

under the recitation notes.

11.3 Linear Approximation

If we have a well-behaved, i.e, a function that doesn’t

blow up, have asymptotes, or slope of 4000000000, we

can make a linear approximation to the function a spe-

cific point. This is similar to solving for the tangent line

at a point in single-variable calculus. However, now since

we are over in higher dimensions, we will approximate our

surface, functions, with a tangent plane. Lets start with

a definition involving differentiability:

Definition: f is differentiable at a point a if there

168

Page 169: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

exists a linear function L such that:

limx→a

f (x)− L(x)

|x− a|= 0 (241)

The differentiable clause in this is much necessary. If

the function is not differentiable at the point in question,

then we cannot say that there exists some linear func-

tion, L(x). Look at the x = 0 point of the absolute value

function f (x) = |x|. The function is not differentiable

at this point, and as such, we do not have the ability to

come up with a linear function that can approximate the

function at this point. The slope of this linear approxima-

tion is going to equal the derivative value at that point.

Now for two variables, we can generalize the above defi-

169

Page 170: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

nition so that we can make linear functions for function,

f : R2 → R. Lets restart the definition for multivariable

case:

Definition: A function, f : R2 → R is differentiable

at a point (a, b) if there exists a linear function L such

that:

lim(x,y)→(a,b)

f (x, y)− L(x, y)

|(x, y)− (a, b)|= 0 (242)

lim(x,y)→(a,b)

f (x, y)− L(x, y)√(x− a)2 + (y − b)2

= 0 (243)

In words, this is saying that if we zoom really far in around

that point (a, b), the function f (x, y) strongly resembles

the linear approximation of f, L(x, y). Within the func-

tion L(x, y), we make an analog to the single-variable

case by making the coefficients of x and y10 in L(x, y)10In the single variable case, we had the coefficient of x being the derivative with respect to x

170

Page 171: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

are simply the partial derivatives with respect to x and y

respectively. If we want a closed form expression (all this

means in having an equation to represent this idea), we

can express L(x, y) around the point (a, b) as:

L(x, y) = f (a, b) +∂f

∂x(x− a) +

∂f

∂y(y − b) (244)

In order to make sure our functions in question are differ-

entiable, lets throw a theorem into the notes that we can

cite to ensure that our function is differentiable at a point.

Theorem If both ∂xf and ∂yf exist and are continu-

ous throughout a disk around the point in question (think

a small neighborhood around the point), then we say that

f is differentiable at each point in the disk. To put this

theorem into action lets illuminate it with an example:

171

Page 172: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

Problem: Show exy sin(x2 + y2) is differentiable ev-

erywhere.

Solution: It is clear that the partial derivatives with

respect to x and y are just combinations of continuous

function like exponential, trigonometric, and polynomial

functions, so the theorem above says that f is differen-

tiable. In order to really show this, we would have to take

the partial derivatives. I will say that since the original

function is made up of trigonometric, polynomial, and

exponential functions, the partial derivatives will also be

made of this. As such, since we just have a composition

(multiplication, addition, etc.) of continuous functions,

then the overall function is continuous. Lets now move

172

Page 173: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

to writing the equation of the tangent plane:

Definition: The linear approximation of f : R2 → R

at (a, b) is the function:

L(x, y) = f (a, b) +∂f

∂x(x− a) +

∂f

∂y(y − b) (245)

12 Recitation IV on July 16, 2019

12.1 Partial Derivative Notation

So, there was so mystery about what went on in lecture

today. I want to clarify a few things ahead of time so that

we are familiar with what is going on in the course. I

heard from a few that some notation is quite funky, so let

me show all of the partial derivative stuff briefly through

173

Page 174: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

an example. Let,

f (x, y) = x2y + x3 (246)

Suppose we first want to take the partial derivatives with

respect to x and y. Let me now do this below:

∂f

∂x= ∂xf = fx = 2xy + 3x2 (247)

∂f

∂y= ∂yf = fy = x2 (248)

Okay great. This is just the first partial derivatives. Now

we can introduce the second partial derivative. So, we

have a few more options here, 4. We can, for example,

compute all of the following combinations:

fxy = ∂y(∂xf ) =∂

∂y(∂f

∂x) =

∂2f

∂y∂x(249)

fxx = ∂x(∂xf ) =∂

∂x(∂f

∂x) =

∂2f

∂x2(250)

174

Page 175: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

fyx = ∂x(∂yf ) =∂

∂x(∂f

∂y) =

∂2f

∂x∂y(251)

fyy = ∂y(∂yf ) =∂

∂y(∂f

∂y) =

∂2f

∂y2(252)

Unfortunately, there are just so many ways to write these

things, so we are forced to move around with all of these

notations. I like the last one the best in each row, but

that is just me. Lets move on to compute each of these

for our example problem above.

fxy = ∂y(∂xf ) =∂

∂y(∂f

∂x) =

∂y(2xy+ 3x2) = 2x (253)

fxx = ∂x(∂xf ) =∂

∂x(∂f

∂x) =

∂x(2xy + 3x2) = 2y + 6x

(254)

fyx = ∂x(∂yf ) =∂

∂x(∂f

∂y) =

∂x(x2) = 2x (255)

175

Page 176: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

fyy = ∂y(∂yf ) =∂

∂y(∂f

∂y) =

∂y(x2) = 0 (256)

It11 appeared that the order of the differentiation wasn’t

all that clear today during lecture so I wanted to clear

that up. In addition, I want to show the exercise that

was left for at home from today in class.

12.2 Clarifying an Example in Class on Clairout’s Theorem

Problem: Given the values of f shown, approximate

fxy(P ). Let be be the bottom left corner that has value

2. 0.1 to the right of this point, is another point with

value 3. 0.1 above the point P , lets have a point Q that

has value 4. In the top right corner which is 0.1 away

from the point Q and 0.1 above the bottom corner (the

four points form a square) has value 6. Sorry I didn’t get11Notice that equation (213) gives the same result as equation (211). This shows Clairout’s Theorem!

176

Page 177: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

a picture of the drawing. If any of you have it email it to

me. In class, we did fxy. Now lets do fyx, and show that

it is actually equal to fxy

Solution: First off lets clear up the notation. If we

are trying to fine fyx, we are first going to compute fy,

and then we are going to compute the partial derivative

of fy with respect to x. Lets get on with this now. Okay,

so first we want to compute fy. Lets start at the point P

at the bottom left and scoot up to the point in the top

left. If we do this, note that we are going to scoot up 0.1

units while having a function value change from 2 to 4

for a net change of 2. Therefore, we can approximate the

partial derivative here as a change in the functions value

177

Page 178: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

over the change in y. Namely,

fy(P ) ≈ 4− 2

0.1= 20 (257)

We can also calculate this idea on the right hand side of

our little box. Lets perhaps compute the partial deriva-

tive of f with respect to y on the right side of the box.

We see that the bottom right corner has a function value

of 3 and the top right corner has a function value of 6.

Therefore if we scoot up by 0.1 units, we bring about a

change of 3 in the function value. Therefore, we can again

compute the partial derivative at the bottom right corner

point, lets call G as:

fy(G) ≈ 6− 3

0.1= 30 (258)

Okay great. So now we need to apply the next partial

178

Page 179: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

derivative. Remember, we are trying to compute fyx

namely we are first scooting up from point P and then

we are scooting to the right of this function essentially.

Thus, note that our new function is not just f, but it is

instead fy. Therefore, we are scooting to the right of the

fy function. Thus, lets look at our function values of fy

Well in the bottom left corner at point P we have that the

function value is 20. In addition, we have in the bottom

right corner at point G, we have the function value is 30.

Therefore, if we scoot over 0.1 to the right we bring about

a net change of 10 on the function, fy value therefore, we

can approximate:

(fy)x ≈30− 20

0.1= 100 (259)

As such, we have show that whether we take fyx or fxy

179

Page 180: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

we end up both having a value of 100 verifying Clairout’s

theorem that states that the two quantities are equal for

continuous functions. Hopefully this clarifies things.

12.3 Linear Approximation

Linear approximations are just really the multivariable

analog to tangent lines in single-variable calculus. What

is going on here is that we are saying, okay, I have a

function that is defined and has derivatives at some point.

The function might be a bit peculiar and difficult, so let

me approximate the function with a tangent plane. Okay

so the formula for the tangent plane is as follows at the

point (a, b):

z = L(x, y) = f (a, b)+∂f (a, b)

∂x(x−a)+

∂f (a, b)

∂y(y−b)

(260)

180

Page 181: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

So lets explain this. What are we saying? We’re saying is,

let me pick a point that is quite close to the point (a, b).

Then the first term tells me, well, the value at the point

is probably pretty close the value of the function at the

point (a, b). However, maybe it is not quite that. Thus,

we add in the partial derivative terms. What these are

saying is that the value may vary at these points close

to the base point, (a, b) by a bit. Namely, we say that

the slopes in both directions multiplied by how much you

move in each direction will tell you how much to add and

subtract from the base value found at the point (a, b).

Think of the terms involving partial derivatives at a di-

mensional analysis standpoing. We are effectively taking

∂f(a,b)∂x ∆x which has units, air quotes, of ∆f . This is not

rigorous but it captures the essence of what is going on.

181

Page 182: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

So perhaps, you function is increasing in both the x and

y variables around the point (a, b). Then, this is saying

that if the function is increasing, we would expect that

both ∂f∂x and ∂f

∂y would be positive. Thus, we start at the

value f (a, b) and we add in the small amount of changes,

(x − a) and (y − b) multiplied by the slopes of each of

the variables at that point. Lets illustrate this with an

example since I am probably rambling.

Problem: Consider the function,

f (x, y) = x ln y (261)

Compute the linear approximation of the function f (x, y)

around the point (1, e).

182

Page 183: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

Solution: We can construct a linear approximation

with the following equation:

f (x, y) ≈ f (a, b) +∂f (a, b)

∂x(x− a) +

∂f (a, b)

∂y(y − b)

(262)

Therefore, we can directly compute this as:

f (x, y) ≈ f (1, e)+∂f (1, e)

∂x(x−1)+

∂f (1, e

∂y(y−e) (263)

f (x, y) ≈ 1 + ln(e)(x− 1) +1

e(y − e) (264)

f (x, y) ≈ 1 + (x− 1) +1

e(y − e) (265)

Please email me with any questions and if there are any

errors. I typed this up very quickly so that you could all

look over it if necessary, so please alert me ASAP. You

will be rewarded with candy!

183

Page 184: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

12.4 A Rigorous Proof of Clairout’s Theorem

Totally unnecessary for the course, but cool nonethe-

less. So, I know there are a few people that are actually

quite interested in getting a degree in mathematics. In do-

ing so, many of you will take analysis courses that seek to

prove many of the things we use everyday in calculus. In

class this week, we have learned about Clairout’s theorem

that states that, for a continuous function, f : R2 → R,

∂x

∂f

∂y=

∂y

∂f

∂x(266)

Lets now go on to prove this with rigor. Lets start off by

stating the theorem we seek to prove:

Theorem Theorem Given f : [a, b] × [c, d] → R

has continuous second-order partial derivatives. Then,

184

Page 185: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

fxy = fyx on (a, b)× (c, d).

In order to prove the theorem, I want to cite a Theorem

in Arthur Mattuck’s, Real Analysis textbook. I will now

state it here:

Theorem 12.6: Let g ∈ C([a, b] × [c, d]). Then

there exists a sequence pn(x, y) of two-variable polyno-

mials such that pn → g uniformly. We will now utilize

this Theorem, 12.6, for our continuous function fxy gen-

erating a sequence of polynomials such that pn,

|pn(x, y)− fxy(x, y)| < ε(n) ∀(x, y) ∈ [a, b]× [c, d]

(267)

185

Page 186: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

under the condition that:

limn→∞

= 0 (268)

Then, for any rectangle, D = [x1, x2]× [y1, y2] ⊂ [a, b]×

[c, d],

D

pndxdy −¨

D

fxydxdy| < ε(n)A(D) (269)

Where A(D) = (x2 − x1)(y2 − y1) is the area of our

predescribed rectangle, D. Note:

¨D

fxydxdy =

¨D

fyxdydx (270)

Since these double integrals are equivalent to,

f (x2, y2)− f (x2, y1)− f (x1, y2) + f (x1, y1) (271)

Consequently, since pn is a polynomial, then we can also

186

Page 187: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

the fact that:

¨D

pndxdy =

¨D

pndydx (272)

which stands true for each n ∈ N. Thus, we generate the

equation:

D

pndydx−¨

D

fyxdydx| < ε(n)A(D) (273)

Finally, we take the limit as n → ∞ to achieve the fol-

lowing equation:

¨D

fxy − fyxdydx = 0 (274)

Which implies that for a function with continuous partial

derivatives that:

fxy = fyx (275)

187

Page 188: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

13 Lecture VIII on July 17, 2019

13.1 Review on Linear Approximations

Lets start off with a bit of review. We covered linear

approximations in a jiffy, so maybe lets go back and clar-

ify. If f is differentiable, then f be linearly approximate

as:

L(x, y) = f (a, b) + ∂xf (a, b)(x− a) + ∂yf (a, b)(y − b)

(276)

So now, close to the point (a, b), the linear approxima-

tion is having values that are similar to the function’s

values. So, sometimes we will use the linear approxima-

tion instead of the actual function to approximate the

function’s value around (a, b). There are not approxima-

tions beyond second order on the ASE, so please do not

188

Page 189: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

spend time on this if you are planning to do this.

13.2 Multivariable Optimization

Now we are going to move forward to optimization. The

only difference we have as we move forward in dimensions

is that, we used to set our first derivative equal to zero

back in single-variable calculus. The only difference here

is that we set our partial derivatives, namely with respect

to x and y both equivalent to zero. Lets consider an ex-

ercise back from single-variable calculus:

Exercise: Find the maximum and minimum value of

f (x) = |(1− x)(x− 3)| over the interval [0, 3].

Solution: Here we go. So, we will want to find the

189

Page 190: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

critical points of the function along the interval. In addi-

tion, we are going to want to check the ends of the inter-

val! Since we are not just looking at the entire space, and

we are instead only looking at a smaller interval, we are

going to not just check the derivatives equal to zero, but

we are also going to check the edges of the interval, where

x = 0 and where x = 3. The Extreme Value Theorem

tells us that f has a maximum and a minimum (since

f is continuous and defined on a closed interval. Also

such a maximum and minimum must occur at a critical

point or an endpoint. So, we final all critical points and

endpoints and check 12. Since we have to deal with the

absolute value bars, we actually get a graph that is a tad

more funkier than it would have been without. Here is a12This is a very-well worded answer. However, on exams you would not have to state all of these statements

unless otherwise asked.

190

Page 191: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

graph of the function in question:

Figure 7: Graph of |(1− x)(x− 3)|

It appears right from the graph that the functions seems

to have its largest value 3 at x = 0. In addition, we see

that at x = 1 and x = 3 both achieve the function’s

smallest value on the interval of 0. Does this make sense

though. Well, lets think about it. Since we are using some

form of an absolute value function, then we should never

get a function value that is less than zero. Therefore,

we would expect both the maximum and minimum to be

191

Page 192: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

greater than or equal to zero. Also, you can see why it

is important to check the endpoints when we are working

on some closed interval since our maximum was at one of

the endpoints. Lets now move forward into two dimen-

sions to see if we can take the ideas of single-variable and

move it into multivariable.

Exercise: Let f (x, y) = −x2 − y2 + x + 23y + 23

36 on

[0, 1]2. Just a note. Seeing [0, 1]2 is just the unit square

and it means we are letting both x and y be in [0, 1].

Solution: Again, we can start with the Extreme Value

Theorem. WE can state that if f : D → R is continuous

and D is closed (includes all boundary points). So, in

our case, we have a closed square since we are including

192

Page 193: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

the boundary in our domain and bounded (contained in

some large box). Bounded simply means that our func-

tion doesn’t run off to infinity somewhere in the domain.

It means that, like in the limits, we can put a roof and

a ceiling around the function boxing it in, or if you will,

bounding the function. Now, we can say that our critical

points in R2 as:

∂f

∂x=∂f

∂y= 0 (277)

And, like the other case, we will have to check the end-

points, but in this case, the borders to see if the maximum

or minimum lies along this. What are our edges in the

case of the unit square? Well, it seems like we have 4

edges with the following equations describing them:

y = 0 (278)

193

Page 194: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

y = 1 (279)

x = 0 (280)

x = 1 (281)

We call these are boundary critical points checkers. And,

we call the places where both ∂xf and ∂yf equal zero

or the function is not differentiable, the interior critical

points. The thing about boundary critical points is that

they suck? Why, well lets see. Suppose I plug in the

border on the bottom of the unit square where y = 0.

Well now, what happens to our function? We now just

have a function of one variable between [0, 1]. Thus, we

basically have a smaller single-variable sub-problem that

we find the absolute maximum and minimum along each

of the four boundaries. As such, since we have four of

194

Page 195: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

the boundaries, we would expect to have 4 smaller single

variable absolute maximum and minimum problems as

we check the boundary conditions. Lets actually go on to

try one of the borders out. When f (t, 0):

f (t) = −t2 + t +23

36(282)

Now we have a function of 1 variable. Note that I used t

to parametric x along this edge since x can vary between

0 and 1. Done forget to check the corners! However,

note that you only need to check each corner once since

it will pop up as a edge of the interval for two of your

parametrizations. I will write a detailed solution to this

problem in the recitation notes for tomorrow. So, if you

are reading along, go on to that to see all the work. For

195

Page 196: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

now, lets move onto the interior critical points.

∂f

∂x= 0 = −2x + 1 (283)

∂f

∂y= 0 = −2y +

2

3(284)

Which results in the point of (x, y) = (12,

13) being the crit-

ical point yielding the function value of 1. At this point,

we would check all of boundary points, that I will add in

later. Assuming we do that, we get that the maximum

of the function is 1 and the minimum of the function is

1136. So, knowing how to solve the equations is extremely

important, and I have to help people with this through-

out the year as a tutor. So, it was a great question and

deserves a full answer. Check the recitation notes for to-

morrow for a follow up.

196

Page 197: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

Problem: Find the critical points of

f (x, y) = (2x2 + 3y2)e−x2−y2

(285)

Solution. Taking the partial derivatives of x and y

respectively and setting each equal to zero:

∂xf = 2x(−2x2 − 3y2 + 2)e−x2−y2

(286)

∂yf = 2y(−2x2 − 3y2 + 3)e−x2−y2

(287)

Thus, if we look at the part in the front of the partial

derivative with respect to x, we achieve that x = 0. Then,

we can plug this into our second equation and see that

y can be either 0 or 1 or −1, and we set fx = fy = 0.

If y = 0 utilizing the same process, then x = 0, 1,−1.

197

Page 198: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

Finally if x 6= 0 and y 6= 0, then we must have the

following two equations being true:

− 2x2 + 3y3 = 0 (288)

− 2x2 + 3y2 + 2 = 0 (289)

Which yields no solutions actually. Therefore, we only

get the points that were discussed prior yielding (0, 0),

(0, 1), (0,−1), (1, 0), and finally (−1, 0).

13.3 The Second Derivative Test (ASE)

The second derivative test is a way that we can clas-

sify the critical points of a function similar to that in

single-variable calculus. Since, we have 4 different partial

derivatives, the general formula and conditions are a lit-

tle bit more extensive than previously. Let me call the

198

Page 199: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

quantity we are going to use to organize all the second

order partials D and define D as:

D = fxxfyy − fxyfyx = fxxfyy − f 2xy (290)

We will always skip the second equality. since we know

that by Clairout’s Theorem, fxy = fyx for at least twice-

differentiable continuous functions. Now, in multivari-

able, we have three potential classifications. We have a

max, min, and a saddle. The maximum and minimum

are similar to those in single-variable, but the saddle is

the new type of classification that we have here. For a

saddle, the function f has fxx and fyy being of oppo-

site sign, namely moving around the point in questions

doesn’t exhibit uniform behavior of moving either up or

down as you would get at an mix or max. Lets look at

199

Page 200: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

the conditions for each point. Consider D(a, b), namely

for the critical point (a, b):

D(a, b) = fxx(a, b)fyy(a, b)− fxy(a, b)2 (291)

We obtain a:

1. Relative Minimum: If D > 0 and fxx(a, b) > 0

2. Relative Maximum: If D > 0 and fxx(a, b)

3. Saddle: If D < 0

4. Unknown if D(a, b) = 0 We basically do not have

enough information to determine the nature of this

critical

Just a sidenote because I am asked this question a lot

throughout the year. By symmetry, if D > 0, then it

is always the case that both fxx and fyy must be of the

200

Page 201: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

same sign. As such, everywhere you see a fxx condition

for the relative min and max conditions above, you can

replace that with a fyy condition is that is what suites

your fancy. If D > 0 and the −fxy will always contribute

something non-positive, then it must be the case that fxx

and fyy be of the same sign! Lets just do a quick example

to reinforce all that was covered.

13.3.1 An Example in Second Derivatives

Problem: Find and classify the critical points of the

function:

f (x, y) = 3x2y + y3 − 3x2 − 3y2 + 7 (292)

Solution: Lets start off by taking all of the partial

201

Page 202: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

derivatives and second-order partial derivatives as they

will all come in play throughout the problem:

fx = 6xy − 6x (293)

fy = 3x2 + 3y2 − 6y (294)

fxx = 6y − 6 (295)

fyy = 6y − 6 (296)

fxy = 6x (297)

Okay, now lets find the critical points of this function

so that we can classify each of them. We can find the

critical points of the function by setting both the partial

derivative with respect and the partial derivative with

respect to y equal to zero. Therefore:

fx = 6xy − 6x = 0 = 6x(y − 1) = 0 (298)

202

Page 203: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

Therefore, we obtain that either x = 0 or y = 1 from the

partial derivative with respect to x. Lets now plug these

in, one at a time into our partial derivative with respect

to y set equal to zero. For the case of x = 0,

fy = 3x2 + 3y2 − 6y = 0 = 3y2 − 6y = 3y(y − 2) = 0

(299)

yielding the result that when x = 0, y = 0 or y = 2. Now

lets plug in the y = 1 case into our partial derivative with

respect to y.

fy = 3x2 + 3y2 − 6y = 0 = 3x2 − 3 = 0 (300)

Yielding that when y = 1, x = 1 or x = −1. As such, we

have a total of four critical points located at (0, 0), (0, 2),

(1, 1) and finally (−1, 1). Lets now plug each of these

points into our second derivative test. By definition, the

203

Page 204: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

second derivative test is:

D(x, y) = fxxfyy−f 2xy = (6y−6)(6y−6)−(6x)2 = (6y−6)2−(6x)2

(301)

Lets now evaluate, and classify each point.

D(0, 0) = (−6)2 = 36 > 0 (302)

So, immediately we know that (0, 0) is either a relative

minimum of maximum. Since fxx = −6 < 0, (0, 0) must

be a relative max.

D(0, 2) = (6)2 − 0 = 36 > 0 (303)

So, immediately we know that (0, 2) is either a relative

minimum of maximum. Since fxx = 6 > 0, (0, 0) must

204

Page 205: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

be a relative min.

D(1, 1) = 02 − 36 = −36 < 0 (304)

Therefore, (1, 1) must be a saddle point.

D(−1, 1) = 02 − 36 = −36 < 0 (305)

Therefore, (−1, 1) must be a saddle point. Hopefully this

all makes sense because this will most definitely be on the

ASE!

13.4 Directional Derivative

This is a pretty neat section. Suppose we want to cal-

culate a derivative off at some direction that is not either

strictly in the x or the y direction. If that were the case,

then we could just use partial derivatives with respect to

x and y. Now, lets suppose we want to calculate in some

205

Page 206: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

arbitrary direction ~u, where ~u is a Unit Vector by def-

inition. Then we can express the directional derivative in

the direction of ~u at the point (a, b) as:

(D~uf )(a, b) = limh→0

(f ((a, b) + h~u)− f (a, b)

h

)(306)

If we are at the point (a, b) maybe we want to deploy what

we learned last time with regard to linear approximations:

(D~uf )(a, b) = limh→0

(L(a + hu1, b + hu2)− L(a + hu1, b + hu2) + f (a + hu1, b + hu2)− f (a, b)

h

)(307)

(D~uf )(a, b) = limh→0

(f ((a, b) + h~u)− L((a, b) + h~u)

h

)+limh→0

(fx(a, b)hu1 + fy(a, b)hu2

h

)(308)

Now look at the first limit. This goes to zero by our defini-

tion of the linear approximation from last class. In addi-

tion, the second limit has the h get divided out, therefore

just leaving the expression without any of the h’s being

206

Page 207: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

present. A much more convenient form that will be uti-

lized when we are actually calculating such a thing is:

(D~uf )(a, b) =

(∂f (a, b)

∂x,∂f (a, b)

∂y

)·~u =

(∂f (a, b)

∂x,∂f (a, b)

∂y

)·(u1, u2)

(309)

Where |~u| = 1 Again, I repeat, ~u is a Unit Vector.

This is one of the most common mistakes I see as a TA

when people are working through such problems. This

is a great formula that we will be in contact with. The

vector of the partial derivatives has a name. It is called

the gradient, and it is defined as below:

~∇f (a, b) =

(∂f (a, b)

∂x,∂f (a, b)

∂y

)(310)

Which allows us to write our direction derivative as:

(D~uf )(a, b) = ~∇f (a, b) · ~u = |~∇f (a, b)| cos θ (311)

207

Page 208: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

Therefore, our directional derivative is the largest when

the unit vector, ~u, points in the same direction as the

gradient. This is the case of walking in the direction of

max increase, i.e. walking the steepest path up a hill.

In the case that the gradient and the unit vector are or-

thogonal, the directional derivative is zero. This is the

equivalent of walking along a certain level. The smallest

the directional derivative can be is when the unit vector

is anti-parallel to the gradient. This is the equivalent of

taking the steepest path down the hill.

14 Recitation V on July 18, 2019

Great work today in recitation. The problems were

quite difficult, and we seemed to have a pretty good un-

derstanding of what was going on. Let me give a quick

208

Page 209: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

recap of some of the highlights from both me talking,

questions, and things I think would be relevant.

14.1 A Small Note on Multivariable Optimization

One thing that I noticed while working through the

annoying problems on the worksheet is that it is both

beneficial and important to check that the critical points,

points in question, are within the boundary. Like, for

example, if you are working in the unit square, and you

calculate that there exists a critical point at (2, 3), then

we must immediately omit this. Even if this is a critical

point on the function, it is not within our region that we

are optimizing by. As such, we will not include it in trying

to find our absolute maximum and minimum.

209

Page 210: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

14.2 Gradients and Directional Derivatives

The gradient at a point (a, b) points in the direction of

maximum increase. So, picture yourself on a mountain.

~∇f (a, b) =

(∂f (a, b)

∂x,∂f (a, b)

∂y

)(312)

Here is the equation for reference. You calculate that

at where you are standing, the direction denoted by the

vector, 15(3, 4) is the gradient of the function. As such,

if you wanted to get to the top of the mountain as fast

as possible, you would take a step forward in this said

direction. It is not necessarily true that once you reach

the new point, that the direction of maximal increase is

the same as the previous point. This was a great question

in class! The gradient that is evaluated at each point. It

tells you, given you are at this point, this is the direction

210

Page 211: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

you should head in order to ascend in the quickest way

possible. The directional derivative comes in place in the

following equation:

(D~uf )(a, b) = ~∇f (a, b) · ~u = |~∇f (a, b)| cos θ (313)

Where ~u is a unit vector in some arbitary direction. We

can see that the direction of maximal increase should be

in the same direction as the gradient. As a matter of fact,

we can define it as:

~uGreatestInc =~∇f| ~∇f |

(314)

As such if we want to head in the direction of maximal

decrease, we can express this as:

~uGreatestDec =− ~∇f| ~∇f |

(315)

211

Page 212: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

14.3 Following a Path of Max Increase

So now, thanks to a combination of questions and con-

versation with Jordan, Hector, Ivan, Grace, and Raima,

I wanted to include this section. Suppose we want to fol-

low a path along the gradient. How can we compose this

path? We seen before that calculating the gradient at a

specific point tells you what direction to head given you’re

at that point. However, suppose now we want to calcu-

late the whole path of travel. How could we do this. Well,

we could calculate the gradient for an arbitrary (x, y)13.

Then we could think, well if I am following the path of

greatest increase then I better have it that my velocity

always points in the same direction of the gradient. As

such, the velocity of the particle should be a scalar mul-13could simply be (x, y)

212

Page 213: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

tiple of the gradient of the function. Therefore we get

that:

~∇f (x, y) = c~v(t) (316)

Where c is some constant. Therefore, we can just take

c = 1 for convenience:

~∇f (x, y) = ~v(t) = (~x′(t), ~y′(t)) (317)

As such, we can match component by component in order

to try and craft back some ~r(t) function. Let me illumi-

nate this with an example so that we have something to

follow along with :)

Problem: Suppose that the temperature in a room

[0, 5]3 is given as a function of position by T (x, y, z) =

50 + x2 + (y − 3)2 + 2z. You are a bug starting at po-

213

Page 214: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

sition (3, 2, 2), and you are cold. You decide to move in

the direction of greatest temperature increase at all times.

First find the direction that the bug initially wants to fly

in. Then calculate the path of the bug, ~r(t).

Solution: We have that

(∇f )(x, y, z) = 〈2x, 2y − 6, 2〉 (318)

and thus that we will initially move in the direction

(∇f )(3, 2, 2) = 〈6,−2, 2〉. (319)

We wish to find our position in space as a function of time

at an arbitrary speed if we follow the direction of greatest

increasing temperature, which we will call −→r (t). Because

we will always point in the direction of the gradient, we

214

Page 215: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

know that

−→r ′(t) = 〈x′(t), y′(t), z′(t)〉 = λ〈2x(t), 2y(t)− 6, 2〉.

(320)

If we let λ = 1 (its exact value does not matter) we can

then solve for −→r (t). We have that

−→r (t) = 〈c1e2t, c2e

2t + 3, 2t + c3〉. (321)

If we let −→r (0) = (3, 2, 2), then we have that c1 = 3,

c2 = −1, and c3 = 2, giving us that

−→r (t) = 〈3e2t,−e2t + 3, 2t + 2〉. (322)

I thought that this was a really cool example problem

that is a great application of the gradient and ideas from

the paths in space chapter.

215

Page 216: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

15 Lecture IX on July 19, 2019

We are officially halfway through the summer! I hope

that you have had a great experience thus far! Let me

know how my notes are please so that I can make them

better for those that use them. Lets kick off lecture with

a review:

15.1 Review on Directional Derivatives

We ended class with:

(D~uf )(a, b) = ~∇f (a, b) · ~u = |~∇f (a, b)| cos θ (323)

Where ~u is a unit vector, |~u|. This represents the sensi-

tivity of f to small changes in the ~u direction from (a, b).

~∇f (a, b) represents the gradient of f at the point (a, b).

Remember, that the gradient points in the direction of

216

Page 217: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

maximal increase. Thus, if we would want to find the

direction of maximal increase, then the unit vector:

~uGreatestInc =~∇f| ~∇f |

(324)

represents this direction. In addition, the direction of

maximal decrease would be:

~uGreatestDec =− ~∇f| ~∇f |

(325)

The directions orthogonal to the gradient would have a di-

rectional derivative equivalent to zero. This is the equiv-

alent of walking around a level curve instead of walking

up or down a function. Given that ~∇f (a, b) = (α, β),

two vectors that are orthogonal to the gradient, and as

217

Page 218: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

such have a directional derivative equivalent to zero are:

~uorthog1 =1√

α2 + β2(−β, α) (326)

~uorthog2 =1√

α2 + β2(β,−α) (327)

Lets now consider a level set of a function f , that we will

assume is a differentiable function. For example, maybe

we have f : R2 → R. Then, the gradient, by defini-

tion will always be Perpendicular to the level curves of

f . Since, moving in a direction along the level curve will

produce a directional derivative equivalent to zero, then

moving perpendicular to this will either point in the gra-

dient’s direction, of max increase, or in the direction op-

posite the gradient’s direction, of max decrease. Cheers

to Victor for answering this question in class :0.

It is important to remember that the gradient

218

Page 219: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

is orthogonal to the level curves of a function,

f . Lets do a quick example to reinforce our learning:

Problem: Find an equation of a plane tangent to

x2 + y2 + 2z2 = 4 at (1, 1, 1).

Solution: We have solved problems similar to this uti-

lizing a linear approximation method that ends up creat-

ing a tangent plane. This problem is a bit different. Note,

this is an equation. We were using tangent planes to ap-

proximate functions. We used to be looking at f (x, y),

looking at the graph of f . Now we have an equation

though. There is no function clearly seen here. If we

wanted, we could solve this equation for z, but this is

problematic? Why, well, if we solve this equation for z,

219

Page 220: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

we get two different surfaces for the square root, and we

have to choose which surface to use. So, lets try a dif-

ferent way to solve this problem. Instead, we can think

of the following. Maybe, our equation is a level set of a

function. Namely, Consider the function, f : R3 → R.

In fact consider the following function:

f (x, y, z) = x2 + y2 + 2z2 (328)

Now, we can see that if we look at the level set of f (x, y, z) =

c where c = 4, we can envision our equation in the

problem statement as simply a level set of the function

mentioned above. As a quick reminder to the conversa-

tions in chapter one, we cannot graph the actual function

f (x, y, z) since it would require four dimensions. How-

ever, we definitely can graph its level sets which happen

220

Page 221: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

to be ellipsoids, like the equation given. We can now take

the gradient of this function at the point (1, 1, 1) because

we know that the gradient of this function will be per-

pendicular to the level set of the function, our original

equation we were given. Namely,

~∇(x2 + y2 + 2z2) = (2x, 2y, 4z) (329)

Which, at the point (1, 1, 1) results in (2, 2, 4) being the

gradient. As such, since this vector is the gradient, and

the gradient is by nature perpendicular to the level sur-

face, then the vector ~n = (2, 2, 4) is indeed perpendicular

to our surface. However, where before have we seen nor-

mal vectors coming into play? Planes! We note that

a tangent plane at the point (1, 1, 1) will be defined by

its normal vector in the form, ax + by + cz = d where

221

Page 222: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

~n = (a, b, c). Thus,

2x + 2y + 4z = d (330)

plugging in the information available to us. We can solve

for d by plugging a point in on our plane, (1, 1, 1). As

such, we obtain that d = 8, and the equation for the

plane tangent to the surface at (1, 1, 1) is equivalent to:

2x + 2y + 4z = 8 (331)

It is quite confusing to get all of this. The biggest point

of confusion for me was this. Planes are defined by their

normal vector. Therefore, although this vector itself is

normal to the level curve that we solved for, a normal

vector defines a tangent plane! To recap, what we did

was say, okay, I am given an equation. I am going to

222

Page 223: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

think of my equation as a level set of a function f . I am

then going to take the gradient of f at the point noting

that the gradient is tangent to the function f and it is

orthogonal to the level sets of the function f . As such,

the gradient points orthogonal to the level set. So, for

a tangent plane, this would be the normal vector that

defines the plane. We then wanted a full equation for our

tangent plane, so we plugged in the point to solve for d,

resulting in the equation for the tangent plane. I know

there is a lot of flipping between tangent and normal, so

read this over a few times to make sure you have it all

down. Lets have a rapid flip over to the chain rule.

223

Page 224: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

15.2 Multivariable Chain Rule

The chain rule was first taught to us in single-variable

calculus. We used it when we had compositions of func-

tions such as f (g(t)). Lets start off with an example.

Lets compute the derivative of f (g(t)):

limh→0

f (g(h + t))− f (g(t))

h= f ′(g(t))

(g(t + h)− g(t)

h

)= f ′(g(t))g′(t)

(332)

Now lets see how we can take the idea of the chain rule and

apply it over in the multivariable setting. I will introduce

the subject by stating the formulas just for reference. I

will then go on to explain it afterwards. The multivariable

chain rule is expressed succinctly as:

df

dt=∂f

∂x

dx

dt+∂f

∂y

dy

dt(333)

224

Page 225: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

However, lets look a little bit more at this expression.

It seems like, upon first glance we are matching a par-

tial derivative with respect to a variable and multiplying

it with the derivative of this said variable with respect

to time. We are then summing over all of the variables,

essentially getting the contribution from each of the vari-

ables to the overall change in f with respect to time. In

fact, this component by component sum actually is a hid-

den dot product. We can write the multivariable chain

rule alternatively as:

df

dt= ~∇f ·~r′(t) =

(∂f

∂x,∂f

∂y

)·(~x′(t), ~y′(t)) =

∂f

∂x

dx

dt+∂f

∂y

dy

dt

(334)

At a very hand-wavy level, we are having each of the

terms having a cancellation’ of the dx terms to be left

with each term of f over t. In addition, we want that

225

Page 226: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

our final answer is in terms of t since we are taking the

derivative with respect to time. Let me show you a quick

example of this.

Problem: Compute dfdt for f (x, y) = x2 +y for ~r(t) =

(t, t2)

Solution: We can solve this in two ways. I will high-

light both of them now. We can solve it

1. we can plug in our expressions for x and y into the

function so that we have f only in terms of t. Lets

do that now. Note that this is not really utilizing

anything new here in terms of taking the mix of partial

derivatives and full derivatives.

f (t) = (t)2 + t2 = 2t2 (335)

226

Page 227: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

df

dt= 4t (336)

Now lets try it our new way and see if we can get the

exact same expression for dfdt

2. We will now take use of the multivariable chain rule.

df

dt=∂f

∂x

dx

dt+∂f

∂y

dy

dt(337)

df

dt= (2x, 1) · (1, 2t) = 2x + 2t (338)

However, now we need to plug in our expression for

x since our final answer should only be in terms of t.

As such, we obtain that:

df

dt= (2x, 1) · (1, 2t) = 2t + 2t = 4t (339)

Leading to the same exact answer validating our claim.

Lets nove to the proof

227

Page 228: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

15.2.1 A Proof of the Multivariable Chain Rule

Lets try to come up with a proof for this:

d

dt(f (~r(t))) = lim

h→0

(f (~r(t + h))− f (~r(t))

h

)(340)

Lets now introduce a linear approximation of f at the

point ~r(t):

d

dt(f (~r(t))) = lim

h→0

(L(~r(t + h))− L(~r(t + h)) + f (~r(t + h))− f (~r(t))

h

)(341)

Due to L being a linear approximation of f (~r(t). As such,

we can group the two middle terms in our numerator,

which goe to zero as h→ 0. Therefore, we are left with:

d

dt(f (~r(t))) = lim

h→0

(L(~r(t + h))− f (~r(t))

h

)(342)

228

Page 229: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

Now, since we at the point, both L and f are the exact

same value, we can substitute our second term in the

numerator with L(~r(t)).

d

dt(f (~r(t))) = lim

h→0

(L(~r(t + h))− L(~r(t))

h

)(343)

d

dt(f (~r(t))) = lim

h→0

(fx(r1(t + h)− r1(t)) + fy(r2(t + h)− r2(t))

h

)(344)

d

dt(f (~r(t))) = fx(r

′1) + fy(r

′2) = ~∇f (~r(t)) · ~r′(t) (345)

Where ~r = (r1(t), r2(t)) = (x(t), y(t)). This proof is

not necessary to ever use, but it is the proof behind the

pudding of the formula that we are going to be working

with. It is much more important to know how to compute

the multivariable chain rule like the example that I did

prior to the proof. Unlike directional derivatives, our dot

product does not need to include a unit vector. The ~r′(t)

229

Page 230: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

has a magnitude that can be anything. As such, it would

make sense to incorporate its magnitude since objects

moving faster, namely having a higher magnitude should

have a larger change in the overall derivative.

16 Lecture X on July 23, 2019

Great job on the midterm yesterday. You all did really

well. Lets start off today with a review of a few topics.

16.1 Review on Partial Derivatives and Mixed Partials

What is the interpretation of each of our partial deriva-

tives. Consider fx and fy. fx and fy represent scooting

a bit to the right and up respectively and noting how the

function value changes. In addition, we can discuss fxx.

This represents how much the function fx changes if we

230

Page 231: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

scoot a bit to the right. Namely, we are looking at the

rate of change in the x direction. We can discuss fyy.

This represents how much the function fy changes if we

scoot a bit to the right. Namely, we are looking at the

rate of change in the y direction. Finally, there are also

mixed partial derivatives. Consider fxy. This is finding

the function fx. Then, we can compare how fx changes

with respect to y. Namely, we look at the rate of change

of fx in the y direction. The third problem on the home-

work best illustrates this. If you draw functions in Rn,

are you an R-tist? In addition, lets just again, state the

multivariable chain rule. We can express this as:

df

dt= ~∇f ·~r′(t) =

(∂f

∂x,∂f

∂y

)·(~x′(t), ~y′(t)) =

∂f

∂x

dx

dt+∂f

∂y

dy

dt

(346)

231

Page 232: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

16.2 Lagrange Multipliers

Lagrange multipliers are a new way to solve optimiza-

tion problems along the boundary. Consider the following

function:

f (x, y) = −x2 − y2 + x +2

3y +

23

36(347)

That we wish to optimize on the following region:

D = (x− 1

2)2 + (y − 1

2)2 ≤ 1

4(348)

Last week, we learned how to solve this type of function

with some really lengthy process of first checking the inte-

rior critical points, then points that aren’t differentiable,

then writing equations for the borders, completing a slew

of single variable problems, and finally evaluating all of

these points to see which was the absolute smallest and

232

Page 233: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

largest. We are now going to take a quicker more, ”so-

phisticated” approach. We note that along the border of

the region, the gradient of f , ~∇f , must be perpendicular

to the boundary of the region D, ∂D at a point if f is

to have a local optimum there. As such, for an optimum

along the boundary of the region D, it must be true that:

~∇f = λ~∇g (349)

Thinking of the boundary of the region D, as a level set

of g, then we recall that the gradient of g, ~∇g will point

orthogonal to the boundary. As such, we would expect

~∇g to point in the same direction of f . Namely, we would

expect that ~∇f and ~∇g to point in the same direction as

one another. Since both ~∇f and ~∇g are vectors, we can

capture this idea by using the vector identity that ~∇f is

233

Page 234: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

a scalar multiple of ~∇g. So, for some constant λ ∈ R, it

must be true that:

~∇f = λ~∇g (350)

This is the punchline. Seeing why this equation is true is

what we completed with the discussion of the level sets of

g, but the equation that we will be utilizing to find local

optimum around the boundary of our region that we are

optimizing over, we will just be using this equation to

help us solve for what we do not know. Lets now try to

solve this. We were given an inequality expressing D. We

now want to have that g would be that:

g(x, y) = (x− 1

2)2 + (y − 1

2)2 (351)

234

Page 235: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

Where we just took the border function that was equal

to 14, and noted that this was a level set, and we called

this the function g that this was a level set of. Now we

have some partial derivatives to take:

~∇f = λ~∇g (352)

(−2x + 1,−2y +2

3) = λ(2(x− 1

2), 2(y − 1

2)) (353)

Nice! So, if we equate each of the components, we obtain

that:

− 2x + 1 = λ2(x− 1

2) (354)

− 2y +2

3= λ2(y − 1

2) (355)

This is looking good. However, we have one problem. We

have two equations with three unknowns. How can we

introduce a third equation that must be satisfied? Well,

235

Page 236: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

we already noted that all of this mess is only true on

the boundary. Thus, we can obtain a third equation be

writing the equation for the boundary. We have that:

(x− 1

2)2 + (y − 1

2)2 =

1

4(356)

Solving the first equation we obtain that, λ = −1 and

x = 12. However, when we look at the case of λ = −1,

the second equation in our set cannot hold. As such, we

only obtain one critical point along the boundary where

x = 12, yielding the y-coordinate of 1 or 0. Inside, we also

obtain a critical point of (12,

13). We can now evaluate our

function at all three of the critical points:(1

2, 0

)=

8

9(357)

(1

2, 1

)=

5

9(358)

236

Page 237: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

(1

2,1

3

)= 1 (359)

Lets move on to a more practical example.

Problem: Find the maximum volume of a lidless box

with a surface area of 72.

Solution: So, lets turn this sentence into a type of La-

grange multiplier idea. We want to maximize our function

f = V , the volume, subject to the constraint of the sur-

face area of the lidless box g = S. Since the box is going

to be rectangular, we can express the volume function

f (x, y, z) = xyz. In addition, we can express the surface

area function S = g(x, y, z) = xy + 2xz + 2yz = 72. It

actually doesn’t matter which side the lid is taken off of,

so it does not necessarily matter that we took a xy side

237

Page 238: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

off, we could have equivalently taken off a yz perhaps.

We now can deploy our Lagrange Multiplier problem:

~∇f = λ~∇g (360)

(yz, xz, xy) = λ(y + 2z, x + 2z, 2y + 2x) (361)

Now we have three equations above with 4 unknowns. So

we must introduce the constraint as well that:

xy + 2xz + 2yz = 72 (362)

So that we have the set of equations that:

yz = λ(y + 2z) (363)

xz = λ(x + 2z) (364)

xy = λ(2x + 2y) (365)

238

Page 239: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

xy + 2xz + 2yz = 72 (366)

Which I will solve later and put into the notes right here.

We can now finally move on to integration

16.3 Integration

First lets think of a single-variable case to realign our-

selves with integration after so much differentiation. We

can think of integration back in single-variable as the

signed area that lies under the graph of f . We can think

of an integral as splitting the interval of which we are tak-

ing the integral over into a bunch of tiny pieces. We then

see how much each piece contributes its volume times the

value of the function on that tiny piece. We are effec-

tively, in the single-variable case , taking the signed area

of each one of these really skinny rectangles. We then

239

Page 240: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

add each one of these contributions. Then, we take the

number of pieces to infinity, making them infinitely thin!

Lets hop right into an example of an integral.

Example: Integrate,

f (x, y) = y sin(πyx) (367)

over the unit square, [0, 1]2.

Solution: Instead now of some interval, note that we

are now integrating f over a 2D region, namely a square.

Now we want to divide our little region into a bunch of

little squares! Then, for each of these little squares that

we cut the unit square into, we are going to take the

function’s value at that square. Then, we can express the

240

Page 241: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

volume as the function value at the really tiny square

multiplier by the area of the super tiny square. We are

then going to sum up each of these contributions from

each tiny square. The formal expression for this is lets

first sum up each row of squares and then each column

of these contributions that we previously hypothetically

computed. The actual integral expression for this idea is:

ˆ 1

0

ˆ 1

0

f (x, y)dxdy =

ˆ 1

0

ˆ 1

0

y sin(πyx)dxdy (368)

Where, ˆ 1

0

f (x, y)dx (369)

represents summing up along each row, and then:

ˆ 1

0

(ˆ 1

0

f (x, y)dx

)dy (370)

represents taking each of these total row contributions

241

Page 242: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

and summing those up. When first taking the derivative

with respect to x, similar to partial differentiation, we

hold y constant and treat it as such.

17 Recitation VI on July 24, 2019

I will take this space in order to just reach out with

some further discussion points with Lagrange Multipliers.

Firstly, Lagrange multiplier only work along the bound-

ary of your region. For example, suppose you have some

region D, that is the unit disk. That utilizing the La-

grange multiplier method will only work along x2+y2 = 1,

otherwise known as the unit circle, which happens to

the border of the disk. That being said, the Lagrange

multiplier relies heavily on the direction of the gradient.

Namely, we should think of a Lagrange multiplier prob-

242

Page 243: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

lem as a process. We first decide, I want to maximize

and/or minimize some function f . In addition, I want

to compute this Optimization of f over some boundary

which we can refer to as g. Then, what the Lagrange

multiplier formula tells us is that:

~∇f = λ~∇g (371)

Lets walk through some problems in order to really get

down the overarching idea. And, we can even some some

really neat problems along the way!

Problem: Find the maximum and minimum of the

function f (x, y) = 2x − 3y. subject the constraint,

x2 + y2 = 64

243

Page 244: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

Solution:We can utilize the method of Lagrange mul-

tipliers in order to solve this problem where we classify

g(x, y) = x2 + y2

~∇f = λ~∇g (372)

We have that:

(2,−3) = λ(2x, 2y) (373)

With the third equation of:

x2 + y2 = 64 (374)

We can write x and y in terms of λ by solving the first

two equations, namely:

x =1

λ(375)

y =−3

2λ(376)

244

Page 245: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

Plugging into our third equation, we obtain that:

1

λ2+

9

4λ2= 64 (377)

Leading to:

λ = ±√

13

16(378)

Which, if we plug back into our equations, obtain two

points:

(16√13,−24√

13) & (

−16√13,

24√13

) (379)

Which, we can evaluate our function at these two points

leading to:

f (16√13,−24√

13) =

32√13

+72√13

=104√

13(380)

f (−16√

13,

24√13

) =−32√

13+−72√

13=−104√

13(381)

resulting in the max and min respectively along the con-

245

Page 246: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

straint.

Problem: A right cylindrical can is to have a volume

of 0.25 cubic feet (approximately 2 gallons): Find the

height h and radius r that will minimize surface area of

the can. What is the relationship between the resulting r

and h?

Solution: Lets first get down equations for both the

surface area and the volume.

f (r, h) = S = 2πr2 + 2πrh (382)

g(r, h) = V = πr2h = 0.25ft3 (383)

246

Page 247: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

Which can deploy the Lagrange multiplier equation:

∇f = λ∇g (384)

(4πr + 2πh, 2πr) = λ(2πrh, πr2) (385)

Lets now divide through by component:

2r + h

r=

2h

r(386)

rh = 2r2 (387)

Since r cannot be not be negative, we can express h in

terms of r.

h = 2r (388)

We can then plug this in to our constraint equation:

2πr3 = 0.25 (389)

247

Page 248: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

r =

(0.25

)13

(390)

h =

(1

π

)13

(391)

Problem: Assume there are two commodities with

amounts x and y with respective prices of px and py. In

addition, suppose that you have a utility function that

you wish to maximize of the form: U(x, y) = xαy1−α

for some constant α ∈ (0, 1). You maximize your utility

function14 subject to some budget constraint. Namely,

suppose that in total you have m dollars to spend on both

your products. Maximize the utility function to boom up

the ’merican economy by:14This is called a Cobb-Douglass Utility Function

248

Page 249: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

1. Writing a constraint equation relating the amount and

prices of the two goods along with your total amount

of money, m.

2. Setting up a function f and g and utilizing the La-

grange multiplier equation to find the amounts of x

and y you should purchase.

Solution:

1. Lets start off by writing a budget constraint. We note

that we can buy both x and y at prices px and py that

has to be less than or equal to the amount of money

we have m

pxx + pyy ≤ m (392)

2. We can now construct our function that we wish to

maximize u(x, y) subject to our constraint pxx+pyy ≤

249

Page 250: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

m. Therefore, we can make the function g(x, y) as:

f (x, y) = xαy1−α (393)

g(x, y) = pxx + pyy (394)

We can now utilize methods of Lagrange multipliers

to solve this problem:

~∇f = λ~∇g (395)

(αxα−1y1−α, (1− α)xαy−α) = λ(px, py) (396)

We can add in the constraint as well:

pxx + pyy = m (397)

If we divide the first equation by the second equation

250

Page 251: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

we obtain that:

αxα−1y1−α

(1− α)xαy−α=pxpy

(398)

αy

(1− α)x=pxpy

(399)

Lets now solve this equation for y

y =1− αα

pxx

py(400)

We can now plug this into our constraint equation:

pxx+pyy = pxx+py1− αα

pxx

py= x(px+

1− αα

px) = m

(401)

As such, we obtain that:

x =m

(px + 1−αα px)

=mα

px(402)

Which we can now plug into our expression for y to

251

Page 252: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

obtain:

y =1− αα

pxpy

m

(px + 1−αα px)

=(1− α)m

αpy(1 + 1−αα )

=m(1− α)

py(403)

Problem: Deriving Snell’s Law. Snell’s Law is known

to man as n1 sin(α) = n2 sin(β). Please reference the

picture on the next piece of paper for the drawing setup

of the problem. Now, given a beam of light starting at

the point A, a distance A above the horizontal, passing

through the interface at the middle, and reaching point

B, a distance B below the horizontal, moving from space

with a refractive index of n1 to a region of space with re-

fractive index n2 respectively. Now, light normally moves

at the speed of c. However, in a refractive index n, light

takes on the velocity of v = cn. With this knowledge, de-

rive Snell’s law.

252

Page 253: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

Solution: So, light always follows the path that takes

the shortest time. Therefore we can make our f function

be time over the journey since we are seeking to mini-

mize this. In addition, We can make the length in the x

direction our constraint, since we cannot change the ac-

tual position of the two points in question. Therefore, we

can simply take that distance over time is velocity, rear-

range and get a formula for time over the entire journey,

namely:

f (α, β) = t =

∑d∑v

=a

v1 cosα+

b

v2 cos β(404)

And our accompanying constraint:

g(α, β) = L = a tanα + b tan β (405)

253

Page 254: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

We now have an f and g with two unknown variables that

happen to be our two angles so it is time to have some

fun!

∇f = λ∇g (406)

(a

v1secα tan,

b

v2sec β tan β) = λ(a sec2 α, b sec2 β)

(407)

Lets now solve each of our component equations for λ or

otherwise we just divide through:

λ =tanα

v1 secα=

tan β

v2secβ(408)

Lets now plug in our expressions for the velocity that were

provided in the image:

n1

csinα =

n2

csin β (409)

n1 sinα = n2 sin β (410)

254

Page 255: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

Which is the equation that is known as snells law!

18 Lecture XI on July 25, 2019

18.1 Review on Ideas Behind Integration

Last week, we ended with an example of an integral

over a unit square. We can try to generalize our idea of

the integral by thinking, at the core, what an integral is.

If f : D → R where D is some shape, then:

ˆD

f (411)

is the result of a process that is:

1. Split D into many small pieces

2. Total the products, ”piece volume” × ”value of func-

tion at piece

3. take numbers of pieces to ∞255

Page 256: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

4. Add up all of the contributions

Last time, we ended by considering:

¨D

f (x, y)dA (412)

Where D is the unit square. The idea here was that we

would look at the contributions along a row at height y,

totaling up to, as we first sum along each row and then

sum all rows together, we obtain:

∑y

(∑x

f (x, y)∆x∆y

)(413)

Then, If we take the limit as ∆x and ∆y → 0, we can

back out the double integral, namely:

lim∆y→0

lim∆x→0

∑y

∑x

f (x, y)∆x

∆y =

¨f (x, y)dxdy

(414)

256

Page 257: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

Great now we can utilize the idea of single-variable cal-

culus to actually compute the double integral here. Lets

actually compute the integral in our case here:

ˆ 1

0

ˆ 1

0

f (x, y)dxdy =

ˆ 1

0

ˆ 1

0

y sin(πyx)dxdy (415)

ˆ 1

0

[−cos(πyx)

π

]1

0

dy =

ˆ 1

0

1− cos(πy)

πdy (416)

ˆ 1

0

1− cos(πy)

πdy =

[y − 1

π sin(πy)

π

]1

0

=1

π(417)

Great! However, lets think about more complicated re-

gions. The main difference in my opinion between single

variable and multivariable integration is the fact that your

regions can be a whole slew of funky shapes. As we move

away from squares, we can now try to integrate function

over other shapes, like perhaps a triangle in the next ex-

ample.

257

Page 258: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

Problem: Suppose f : D → R is defined by:

f (x, y) = x2y (418)

Where D is the triangle with vertices at (0, 0), (2, 0) and

(0, 3). Calculate˜D fdA

Solution: We have here another integration problem.

Now however, we are going to integrate over a triangle

instead of a square. The main difference here is that now,

our region is a little more convoluted since our variables

are not necessarily bounded by just constants. We can

express this first as sums, by first getting the contribution

from one row for some fixed y and then summing over all

258

Page 259: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

rows. Namely, we have that:

∑y

(ˆx2ydx

)∆y (419)

From here, we can note that x is bounded between x = 0

and the side of the triangle. This is the main difference

here. Why? Because we can write an x = equation that

describes the side of the triangle. As such, we can write

the equation for that part of the triangle as y = 3− 32x.

Solving for x, we obtain that:

x = 2− 2

3y (420)

We can now put our inner bounds for x into our double

integral. ∑y

(ˆ 2−23y

0

x2ydx

)∆y (421)

We can now take the limit as ∆y → 0. Which leads to

259

Page 260: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

our second double integral. Given our region, we note

that y can vary between y = 0 as well as y = 3. As such,

our bounds for y are just two numbers, and there are no

functions of x involved. Lets put that into the problem:

ˆ 3

0

(ˆ 2−23y

0

x2ydx

)dy (422)

You could also do the integrals in the opposite order if

you would like, and you would obtain:

ˆ 2

0

(ˆ 3−32y

0

x2ydy

)dx (423)

This is honestly the hardest part of double and even

triple integrals... the Bounds! I highly encourage you to

take the time and draw the region. Then, you would try

to come up with your bounds by utilizing the picture. One

thing to note as you are making you’re making your way

260

Page 261: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

through double and triple integrals is that the outermost

integral must only have bounds that are numbers. In

addition, each inner integral can only be a function of the

outer integrand variables. For example, in our triangle

problems x was the variable of the inner integral and

y is the variables of the outer integral. As such, it was

totally valid that our inner variable with respect to x was

a function of our outer integral y. In addition, we are in

the clear with our outer integral since our outer integral

was only a function of numbers, and not y nor x.

18.2 Triple Integrals

We are stepping it up a notch now! Suppose that now,

f : D → R, where D ⊂ R3. This notation means

that D is a Subset of R3. Mathematically, we are now

261

Page 262: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

calculating a 4D volume. We are getting the by letting

the region represent the three first dimensions and then f

representing the fourth dimension. However, this doesn’t

need to be the case. Instead of trying to wrap our head

around 4D volumes in the 4D chess version of life, we can

instead interpret f as a density value, then:

ˆD

f = M (424)

where M , can be thought of as a Mass since f is the den-

sity andD would be the volume, so we obtain mass! How-

ever, you can also think of this with respect to any densi-

ties that you may have come in contact with throughout

your physics class. Like, for example, you could interpret

f as a volumetric charge density, and as such, you would

be calculating the total charge by taking the integral of

262

Page 263: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

f . Since f can be a function, this can represent all types

of densities! Particularly, you don’t need to have uniform

densities as many of you are probably used to seeing. Lets

illuminate this topic with an example.

Problem: Integrate f (x, y, z) = x2 + y2 + z2 over

[1, 2]3.

Solution: Lets think of the function, f (x, y, z) as the

density. Therefore, we would expect the furthest point

of the cube to be the densest given our function of f and

its interpretation. As such, if we wanted to compute the

total mass of the cube that we have defined, we can do

263

Page 264: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

so as:

M =

˚f (x, y, z)dV =

ˆ 2

1

ˆ 2

1

ˆ 2

1

(x2 + y2 + z2

)dxdydz

(425)

Before we hop into this integral, lets do a sanity check as

to a number for the mass that is definitely larger than the

actual mass. Well, the density at the top back corner is

12. This is the largest the density can ever be. Therefore,

since we are working with a unit cube, and we have a max

density of 12, we could guess that the mass of the cube

is no more than 12. This is a mental upper bound we

can put on this. In 3D, we can carry the same ideas that

guided us in double integrals and apply it here. We can

take a tiny slice of our cube. Given a particular z constant

slice, we now have a double integral. We can now use our

methodology that we utilized in our double integrals, by

264

Page 265: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

first looking at a particular y constant slice compute the

contribution along this row, then sum over all rows, and

now sum over all z slices to get the final result. As such,

it is like we are just adding a dimension and calculating

another subproblem! As such, we obtain:

M =

˚f (x, y, z)dV =

ˆ 2

1

ˆ 2

1

ˆ 2

1

(x2 + y2 + z2

)dxdydz

(426)

M =

ˆ 2

1

ˆ 2

1

[x2z + y2z +

z3

3

]2

1

dydz (427)

M =

ˆ 2

1

ˆ 2

1

(x2 + y2 +

7

3

)dydz (428)

M =

ˆ 2

1

[x2y +

y3

3+

7

3y

]2

1

dz (429)

M =

ˆ 2

1

(14

3+ x2

)dz (430)

M =

[14

3x +

x3

3

]2

1

=14

3+

7

3= 7 (431)

265

Page 266: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

Since the actual integral was not evaluated in class, I have

provided it here in case you wanted to see it. Lets con-

tinue with a last example related to finding the volume

of a tetrahedron.

Problem: Find the volume utilizing a triple integral.

Here is an image of the shape provided.

Figure 8: Tetrahedron Volume Problem

Solution: Lets define a function f (x, y, z) = 1. Then,

the volume equals the mass. Lets start off by looking at

slices. We can first note that 0 ≤ z ≤ 4. However, now,

266

Page 267: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

as we make some y constant slices. Now our bounds on

the integral get a bit more challenging since these slices

will be a function of z. As such we can say that 0 ≤

y ≤ 3 − 34z. Finally, we can have the x slices. For the

x bounds, we note that x is a function of both y and z

since we already have them fixed in space. We can derive

the bounds for x as 0 ≤ x ≤ 2 − 23y −

12z. As such, we

can set up our triple integral as:

M =

ˆ 4

0

ˆ 3−34z

0

ˆ 2−23y−

12z

0

f (x, y, z)dxdydz (432)

M = V =

ˆ 4

0

ˆ 3−34z

0

ˆ 2−23y−

12z

0

1dxdydz = 4 (433)

Where we took advantage of that fact that when f (x, y, z) =

1 then the mass and the volume are equivalent.

267

Page 268: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

18.3 Integration in Other Coordinate Systems

Earlier in the course, we did quite briefly go over alter-

native coordinate systems like cylindrical and spherical

coordinates. Luckily, we introduced them because they

will come in handy greatly when discussing integrating

regions that are circular or even spherical in nature. We

can rethink back to polar coordinates at the back end of

a single-variable calculus course. For example image in-

tegrating f (x, y) = x + y over the region of a cartoid.

15. To quickly put them in my notes, in case you want

to know we can express the following double and triple

integrals respectively in the different coordinate systems

as, over some region D, where D ⊂ R2 for polar and15This is the heart-shaped graph’s official name that we see in polar graphs

268

Page 269: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

D ⊂ R3 in cylindrical and spherical coordinates.

¨D

f (x, y)dA =

¨D

f (x, y)dxdy =

¨D

f (r, θ)rdrdθ

(434)

which represent the polar coordinate double integral where

we pick up this r factor in addition to our infinitesimal

pieces. In addition, in cylindrical coordinates, we have

that:

˚D

f (x, y, z)dV =

˚D

f (x, y, z)dxdydz =

˚D

f (r, θ, z)rdrdθdz

(435)

And finally in spherical coordinates we obtain that:

˚D

f (x, y, z)dV =

˚D

f (x, y, z)dxdydz =

˚D

f (ρ, θ, φ)ρ2 sinφdρdθdφ

(436)

Where just as a reminder, the conversions between carte-

sian and polar, cylindrical, and spherical respectively are:

269

Page 270: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

18.3.1 Polar Coordinates

r2 = x2 + y2 (437)

θ = arctany

x(438)

We can also head in the opposite direction:

x = r cos θ (439)

y = r sin θ (440)

18.3.2 Cylindrical Coordinates

r2 = x2 + y2 (441)

θ = arctany

x(442)

z = z (443)

270

Page 271: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

We can also head in the opposite direction:

x = r cos θ (444)

y = r sin θ (445)

z = z (446)

18.3.3 Spherical Coordinates

ρ2 = x2 + y2 + z2 (447)

φ = arccosz√

x2 + y2 + z2(448)

θ = arctany

x(449)

And now, in the other direction:

x = ρ sinφ cos θ (450)

271

Page 272: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

y = ρ sinφ sin θ (451)

z = ρ cosφ (452)

19 Recitation VII on July 26, 2019

I think that for integration, the best thing that you can

do is more and more practice. That being said, let me

add to the this as well as the next set of recitation notes

set examples that have to do with integration. Note that

these will be familiar from the worksheets.

Problem: Given the density of some unit cube of mass

in the first octant is given by:

ρ(x, y, z) = xyz (453)

Find the total mass of the cube.

272

Page 273: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

Solution: The mass of the cube is given by:

M =

ˆ 1

0

ˆ 1

0

ˆ 1

0

xyzdxdydzM =1

8(454)

What we have here is a triple integral with all numeri-

cal bounds. However, we may not be as lucky sometimes

and have to compute integrals that have more complex.

Namely, we have to come in contact with integrals that

contains bounds that are functions of other variables.

Lets explore an example that illuminates this.

Problem: An application of the average value of a

function is center of mass. We can define the center of

273

Page 274: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

mass of an object by the following equation:

(xCOM , yCOM) =

(˜R xdA˜R 1dA

,

˜R ydA˜R 1dA

)(455)

Where we are essentially calculating the average value of

the x and y components, applying the function from the

previous problem. As such, calculate the center of mass of

a right isosceles triangle with the vertices at (0, 0), (1, 0),

and (1, 1).

Solution: We can start by calculating just the area,

the denominator of both terms, of the triangle that we

are working with. We could actually compute the area

utilizing a double integral, which I will show, but we could

also just get the area by drawing the region and using that

the area of a triangle is A = 12Bh = 1

2 in our case. Lets

274

Page 275: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

show this using the double integral method.

¨R

dA =

ˆ 1

0

ˆ x

0

dydx =

ˆ 1

0

[y]x0 dx =

ˆ 1

0

xdx =

[x2

2

]1

0

=1

2

(456)

Now we can compute, utilizing the same bounds for the

integrals both,˜R xdA and

˜R ydA

¨R

ydA =

ˆ 1

0

ˆ x

0

xdydx =

ˆ 1

0

[xy]x0 dx =

ˆ 1

0

x2dx =1

3

(457)¨R

ydA =

ˆ 1

0

ˆ x

0

ydydx =

ˆ 1

0

[y2

2

]x0

dx =

ˆ 1

0

x2

2dx =

1

6

(458)

Then, we can use our center of mass formula to obtain

that:

(xCOM , yCOM) =

(˜R xdA˜R 1dA

,

˜R ydA˜R 1dA

)=

(1312

,1612

)=

(2

3,1

3

)(459)

This is a great application of utilizing double integrals to

275

Page 276: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

gain insight on other meaningful quantities found through-

out the course. In this case, we have bounds that are ac-

tually functions of x. Namely, given our triangular region,

we note that if we take an x = c for some constant c slice,

the height that we move up from y = 0 depends on x. As

such, our upper bound on the y-variable also depends on

x! Lets trudge forth with some more examples. We do

not need to limit ourselves to just working with cartesian

coordinates, but we can take our first steps into polar co-

ordinates through the following two examples that I will

first work out and then explain the methodology behind

it.

276

Page 277: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

Problem: Compute:

ˆ ∞−∞

ˆ ∞−∞

(1

πe−(x2+y2)

)dxdy (460)

By converting to polar coordinates, and integrating with

respect to r and θ

Solution: Since we’re integrating over the entire xy

plane, we would integrate over every possible r and θ

which means that our integral becomes:

ˆ ∞−∞

ˆ ∞−∞

(1

πe−(x2+y2)

)dxdy =

ˆ 2π

0

ˆ ∞0

e−r2

πrdrdθ

(461)

= 2π

ˆ ∞0

e−u1

2πdu =

[−e−u

]∞0

= 1 (462)

277

Page 278: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

Problem: The surface area of a function, f (x, y), over

some region R, is defined as:

S =

¨R

√f 2x + f 2

y + 1dA (463)

Compute the surface area of the function f (x, y) = 12x

2 +

12y

2 over the unit disk.

Solution: Lets first take our partial derivatives that

we will have to utilize in our surface area formula:

fx = x (464)

fy = y (465)

Plugging this into our formula, we obtain that:

S =

¨R

√x2 + y2 + 1dA (466)

278

Page 279: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

Where R is the unit disk. At this point, the integral

smells a lot like a conversion to polar coordinates. As

such, lets us make the conversion now, noting that the

unit disk has bounds of 0 ≤ r ≤ 1 and 0 ≤ θ ≤ 2π. We

obtain that:

S =

ˆ 2π

0

ˆ 1

0

√r2 + 1rdrdθ (467)

We can now solve this integral using u-substitution. Let-

ting u = r2 + 1, we obtain that:

du

2= rdr (468)

Plugging this into our expression, noting that the bounds

we have on u are 1 ≤ u ≤ 2 we have that:

S =1

2

ˆ 2π

0

ˆ 2

1

√ududθ =

1

2

ˆ 2π

0

[2

3u

32

]2

1

dθ =1

3

ˆ 2π

0

232−1dθ =

3

(2

32 − 1

)(469)

279

Page 280: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

The major piece of advice to get out of this small collec-

tion of exercises is that it can be very beneficial to spend

a decent amount of time thinking about what coordinate

thinks best for solving the problem and then what exactly

the bounds are. The tricky part with integrals is knowing

what to put on your bounds. If we can master knowing

what, in each coordinate systems, bounding θ for example

looks like graphically, we will be able to cruise through

this section. The next lecture will focus on moving into

even more complex, and even custom!, coordinate sys-

tems that take the same ideas and apply them forward.

The motivation behind this is that in many cases, simply

sticking to cartesian and polar won’t work either because

we need more dimension in the case of polar, or we have

280

Page 281: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

spherical like objects that are quite difficult to work with

under cartesian like systems.

20 Lecture XII on July 29, 2019

20.1 Integration in Spherical and Cylindrical Coordinates

Last time, we ended off at Polar coordinates! Today

we are going to be going to the 3D spaces in order to

compute functions over regions that are volumes. This is

really exciting, and you will be need to master this. It

will show up countless times throughout the rest of the

course as well as the ASE if you plan on taking that. As

such, I would encourage you to complete the homework

problems that were unassigned as they are great practice

for both. Suppose we have the following region:

281

Page 282: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

Figure 9: Spherical Region

And, we want to integrate some function f (x, y, z) over

this region. That being said, we are going to need to

use integration techniques to compute this. This entails

that we are going to need to figure out our bounds for

this spherical like region. The keyword here is spherical.

Regions that appear spherical are going to be easier to in-

tegrate over spherical coordinates! Same goes with cylin-

drical type shapes using cylindrical coordinates. That

being said, let us introduce a general form of the integral

that we want to look at, calling this spherical-like region

282

Page 283: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

R: ˚R

f (x, y, z)dV (470)

Where, given our conversions found in section 18.3, we

can write as:

˚R

f (ρ, θ, φ)ρ2 sinφdρdφdθ (471)

Where for our specific shape in figure 9, it appears that

the following bounds successfully describe the picture:

ˆ π2

π3

ˆ π2

0

ˆ 1

0

f (ρ, θ, φ)ρ2 sinφdρdφdθ (472)

Notice that we get a ρ2 sinφ when we use spherical co-

ordinates. We can justify this in multiple ways. What

we should think is that this factor is a correction fac-

tor since we are now using a funkier coordinate system!

A quick justification is the following. Consider just the

283

Page 284: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

dρdφdθ. If this were to represent dV we would have a

problem! Why? Well, volume should have some sort of

length cubed from a purely dimensional analysis point of

view. However, looking at this term, we only have length

instead of length cubed. As such, we need to incorporate

a length squared somewhere, which is part of the reason

as to why we include the ρ2 sinφ into the expression. The

exact form of this comes from a Jacobean that we will

discuss later. This comes from the distortions you can

think of of the unit square as we move towards a curvy

coordinate system such as spherical coordinates. I think

the Jacobean greatly shows this which I promise we will

do during recitation once we cover this particular topic,

which I will then add back into the notes right here! Re-

mind me if I forget please. Lets move onto an example of

284

Page 285: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

this now:

Problem: Consider a solid with density δ(x, y, z) =

(x2 + y2 + z2)−1 and which occupies the cone:

Figure 10: Cone

Find its mass.

Solution: We have some flexibility for solving this.

For example, in cylindrical coordinates, we see that we

have z = r to describe the equation of the cone. The

caviat here however is not necessarily the region, but it

is the density. If we look at our density function, we

285

Page 286: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

do not have the nicest looking thing! In this case the

density is barking spherical coordinates and the shape

is barking cylindrical coordinates. Lets trudge forth on

this one with spherical coordinates. We are going to use

spherical coordinates due to δ. As such, we can represent

our mass, M , as:

M =

˚δdV (473)

M =

ˆ 2π

0

ˆ π4

0

ˆ secφ

0

δ(ρ, θ, φ)ρ2 sinφdρdφdθ (474)

To put in words, we sweep out all of the possible theta

values since our shape is circular in nature, some people

maybe even call it isometric (not important but you may

see the word flashed around). Next, we have that φ can

at most be π4 . We have this because remember that the

lateral sides of the cone are where z = r, and as such,

286

Page 287: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

since the two are exactly equal to each other, we get that

π4 is the largest this can be. In addition, we sweep out

all the other φ values that are less than this since the

shape is filled. We finally get the ρ slices, We can start

off saying that ρ must be greater than or equal to zero to

get the lower bound. Then, we can use the definition of

phi to obtain that:

cosφ =z

ρ=

1

ρ(475)

Leading to the fact that:

ρ =1

cosφ= secφ (476)

As such, we can represent our mass, as, converting our

287

Page 288: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

density to spherical coordinates and obtaining that δ = 1ρ2

M =

ˆ 2π

0

ˆ π4

0

ˆ secφ

0

1

ρ2ρ2 sinφdρdφdθ =

ˆ 2π

0

ˆ π4

0

ˆ secφ

0

sinφdρdφdθ = π ln 2

(477)

We just focused on spherical coordinates! Now, lets just

have a quick discussion on cylindrical coordinates. Since

cylindrical coordinates are really just polar coordinates

with the addition of the z-coordinate from the cartesian

coordinates, cylindrical coordinates are not a large step

away from polar coordinates. In fact, we can express the

conversion of to cylindrical coordinates as:

˚D

f (r, θ, z)rdrdθdz (478)

Over some region D. In discussion of the dimensional

analysis, lets do a quick check that the units of our vol-

ume element are in length cubed. We pick up a length

288

Page 289: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

squared from drdz noting that dθ does not have any

length elements. Then, the addition r sitting out front of

the infinitesimals, allows us to have the volume element

represented by length cubed.

20.2 Custom Coordinate Systems

This section is really cool! Consider we have a region

bounded by xy = 1, xy = 3, y = 12x and y = 2x. This

region is really funky! There is not really a nice way for

us to use either cylindrical, spherical, or even cartesian

coordinates. That being said, we can introduce a custom

coordinate system. If you notice it appears that we are

taking y = cx cuts for c ∈ [1, 2]. In addition, we are also

taking slices along yx = d for d ∈ [12, 3]. This is looking

and smelling quite familiar at this point! It seems that

289

Page 290: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

we are taking some new variable, say u = yx and v = xy

and giving them bounds! Namely, we note that, given the

way I have defined these new variables, u and v, we note

that u is bounded between 12 and 2, while v is bounded

between 1 and 3. Therefore, we can integrate a function

y2 say over this region bordered by these functions as:

¨D

y2dA =

ˆ 3

1

ˆ 2

12

y

xyxJdudv =

ˆ 3

1

ˆ 2

12

uvJdudv

(479)

Great this looks really nice! All we have here is some

function bounded by numbers, not even functions! The

tricky part is that J sitting right out front of dudv. That

J is called the Jacobean. For polar and cylindrical coor-

dinates, we say that J = r and for spherical coordinates

we say that J = ρ2 sinφ. Now, lets get a formula for a

general Jacobean that we will receive by transforming to

290

Page 291: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

some custom coordinates. The Theorem getting all the

formality of this section is:

Theorem: Suppose that T : R2 → R2 is a differen-

tiable transformation that maps a region R one-to-one

onto a region D. Then, for any continuous function f ,

we have that:

¨D

f (x, y)dxdy =

¨R

f (T−1(x, y))

∣∣∣∣∂(x, y)

∂(u, v)

∣∣∣∣ dudv(480)

Where,

J =

∣∣∣∣∂(x, y)

∂(u, v)

∣∣∣∣ (481)

It should be noted that it is more-so useful to work with

J−1 a lot since we generally write our function u and v

291

Page 292: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

as functions of x and y. As such, we can define J−1 as:

J−1 =1

J=

∣∣∣∣∂(u, v)

∂(x, y)

∣∣∣∣ (482)

For all of these, note that we are taking the absolute

value of the Jacobean. We do this so that changing the

orientation of our area doesn’t have any effect since we

only care about the area distortion not the orientation

distortion. We define:

J =

∣∣∣∣∂(x, y)

∂(u, v)

∣∣∣∣ = | det

∂x∂u

∂x∂v

∂y∂u

∂y∂v

| (483)

Similarly, we can define J−1 as:

J−1 =1

J=

∣∣∣∣∂(u, v)

∂(x, y)

∣∣∣∣ = | det

∂u∂x

∂u∂y

∂v∂x

∂v∂y

| (484)

As such, for our case, we see that since we have written

292

Page 293: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

u and v as function of x and y, maybe we should solve

for J−1 and then take the reciprocal of this in order to

calculate J from this in our expression. Lets get on to do

this now for our example where u = yx and v = xy:

J−1 =1

J=

∣∣∣∣∂(u, v)

∂(x, y)

∣∣∣∣ = | det

∂u∂x

∂u∂y

∂v∂x

∂v∂y

| = | det

− yx2

1x

y x

| = |−2y

x| = 2u

(485)

Therefore, we take say that:

J−1 =1

J= 2u (486)

J =1

2u(487)

Lets now actually plug this into our example problem that

293

Page 294: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

we encountered what seems like a page and a half ago!:

¨D

y2dA =

ˆ 3

1

ˆ 2

12

y

xyxJdudv =

ˆ 3

1

ˆ 2

12

uvJdudv

(488)¨D

y2dA =

ˆ 3

1

ˆ 2

12

y

xyxJdudv =

ˆ 3

1

ˆ 2

12

uv1

2ududv =

ˆ 3

1

ˆ 2

12

v

2dudv = 3

(489)

The point here is that the trouble, as is the moral with

this entire chapter, is not in the actual integral. The

problem is in setting the bounds for double and triple

integrals. The problem here is trying to find what u and

v that is a nice custom coordinate system to transfer over

to in order to best integrate over some region! Once we

choose these u and v variables that will be variables of

both x and y, we then can compute the Jacobean that

will allow to account for the area distortion.

294

Page 295: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

20.3 Applications of Double and Triple Integrals (ASE)

There are two quantities that will most likely be refer-

enced by name on the ASE relating to double and triple

integrals. I will put them here for reference, and we have

done problems in workshop that relate to them so be sure

to check them out for additional practice.

20.3.1 Average Value of a Function

The average value of a function over some region D is:

Avg(f ) =

˜D f (x, y)dA˜

D 1dA(490)

In addition, we can also compute the average value over

some 3D region to get the analog that:

Avg(f ) =

˝D f (x, y, z)dV˜

D 1dV(491)

295

Page 296: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

Some common things that pop up throughout the 18.02

course is things such as the average value of x or y over

the unit disk. By symmetry, both of these are exactly

zero. However, if it helps, I would definitely go on to

compute both of these utilizing the formula given above.

Very closely tied to this, we can compute the center of

mass of an object.

20.3.2 Center of Mass

Given a density function δ(x, y), the center of mass of

an object that occupies some region D is:

(xCOM , yCOM) =

(˜D xδ(x, y)dA˜D δ(x, y)dA

,

˜D yδ(x, y)dA˜D δ(x, y)dA

)(492)

Interpret this as finding the average value of the x and y

respectively over the mass of the object. In many cases,

296

Page 297: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

the δ(x, y) = 1, and we do not even need to worry about

this. In this case, we are literally just taking the average

value of x and y over the region D. We have the 3D

analog of this as well:

(xCOM , yCOM , zCOM) =

(˝D xδ(x, y, z)dV˝D δ(x, y, z)dV

,

˝D yδ(x, y, z)dV˝D δ(x, y, z)dV

,

˝D zδ(x, y, z)dV˝D δ(x, y, z)dV

)(493)

21 Recitation VIII on July 30, 2019

In spirit of the last two recitations that I typed up

notes for, let me add some problems that I think are use-

ful to see as part of the lecture notes that come from the

worksheets! I will say that the overarching idea of what

we went over in class is that we can use more creative

coordinate systems in order to compute double or triple

integrals. Fortunately, we are not just limited to the co-

297

Page 298: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

ordinate grid, but we have the freedom to branch out and

use spherical and cylindrical coordinates, and even cus-

tom coordinates with a Jacobian, in order to compute. I

will put some examples here that I liked from the work-

sheet :)

Problem: Back in the day, Archimedes (without any

knowledge of calculus) calculated both the surface area

and volume of two intersecting cylinders on their axis.

This is known as a ”Groin Vault”. Given the infinite

cylinder x2 +y2 = 1 and the infinite cylinder x2 +z2 = 1,

calculate the volume that is encompassed in the intersec-

tion of the two cylinders.

Solution: We can try and find bounds for all three of

298

Page 299: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

our variables. We can first note that −1 ≤ x ≤ 1. Since

this is the case, we have that −√

1− x2 ≤ y ≤√

1− x2

as well as −√

1− x2 ≤ z ≤√

1− x2. As such, we can

set up our triple integral in order to try and compute the

volume of the groin vault.

˚dV =

ˆ 1

−1

ˆ √1−x2

−√

1−x2

ˆ √1−x2

−√

1−x21dzdydx (494)

=

ˆ 1

−1

ˆ √1−x2

−√

1−x2[z]√

1−x2

−√

1−x2 dydx =

ˆ 1

−1

ˆ √1−x2

−√

1−x22√

1− x2dydx

(495)

=

ˆ 1

−1

2√

1− x2 [y]√

1−x2

−√

1−x2 dx =

ˆ 1

−1

(2√

1− x2)2

dx

(496)˚dV =

ˆ 1

−1

4(1− x2)dx =

[4x− 4x3

3

]1

−1

= 2

(4− 4

3

)=

16

3

(497)

Surprisingly there is no π in the answer which comes as

299

Page 300: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

a shock to many since the integral is essentially barking

to utilize some form of cylindrical coordinates perhaps.

Problem: Evaluate˝

16zdV over the region E, where

E is the upper half of the sphere x2 + y2 + z2 = 1.

Solution: Converting everything to spherical coordi-

nates our integral becomes:

˚16zdV =

ˆ 2π

0

ˆ π2

0

ˆ 1

0

16ρ cosφ(ρ2 sinφ)dρdφdθ

= 2π

ˆ π2

0

2 sin 2φdφ

= 2π [− cos 2φ]π20 = 4π

Problem: Evaluate˝ √

3x2 + 3y2 for the Solid bounded

300

Page 301: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

by z = 2x2 + 2y2 and the plane z = 8

Solution: We note that the intersection of z = 2x2 +

2y2 and z = 8 is a circle satisfying the equation

4 = x2 + y2. (498)

This means that we will be integrating over a circular re-

gion. For that reason, switching over to polar cylindrical

coordinates is a good idea. In polar cylindrical coordi-

nates, our two functions bounding z above and below

become

z = 2r2 and z = 8. (499)

We are interested in a circular intersection of radius 2, so

θ ranges from 0 to 2π and r ranges from 0 to 2. Thus,

301

Page 302: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

the triple integral over this 3d domain D is given by

˚D

√3x2 + 3y2dV =

˚D

√3r2rdzdrdθ (500)

=

ˆ 2π

0

ˆ 2

0

ˆ 8

2r2r2√

3dzdrdθ

(501)

At this point, we evaluate

=√

3

ˆ 2π

0

ˆ 2

0

r2(8− 2r2)drdθ (502)

=√

3

ˆ 2π

0

8(2)3

3− 2(2)5

5dθ (503)

= 2π√

3

(64

3− 64

5

)(504)

= 128π√

3

(1

3− 1

5

). (505)

Problem: Evaluate˜x2 + 2xy+y2dA over R where

R is the region bounded by the curves x+y = 2, x+y = 4,

y − x = 1 and y − x = −1.

302

Page 303: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

Solution: We can start by defining custom coordi-

nates, u and v as follows:

u = x + y (506)

v = y − x (507)

Where u ∈ [2, 4] and v ∈ [−1, 1]. We can compute the

inverse Jacobian matrix:

J−1 =1

J= det

∣∣∣∣∂(u, v)

∂(x, y)

∣∣∣∣ =

1 1

−1 1

= 2 (508)

Therefore, we have that the Jacobian of this transforma-

tion is J = 12. We can implement the transformation and

303

Page 304: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

compute the integral over u and v:

ˆ 4

2

ˆ 1

−1

(x2+2xy+y2)1

2dvdu =

ˆ 4

2

ˆ 1

−1

(x+y)21

2dvdu =

1

2

ˆ 4

2

ˆ 1

−1

u2dvdu =

ˆ 4

2

u2du =56

3

(509)

Problem: Verify that dV = ρ2 sin(φ)dρdφdθ

Solution: We can compute a 3-dimensional Jacobian

as follows:

J =

∣∣∣∣∂(x, y, z)

∂(ρ, φ, θ)

∣∣∣∣ (510)

Lets now write our expressions that represent conversions

between Cartesian and spherical coordinates:

x = ρ sinφ cos θ (511)

304

Page 305: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

y = ρ sinφ sin θ (512)

z = ρ cosφ (513)

The Jacobian matrix can be expressed as:

J =

∣∣∣∣∣∣∣∣∣∣det

∂x∂ρ

∂x∂φ

∂x∂θ

∂y∂ρ

∂y∂φ

∂y∂θ

∂z∂ρ

∂z∂φ

∂z∂θ

∣∣∣∣∣∣∣∣∣∣

=

∣∣∣∣∣∣∣∣∣∣det

sinφ cos θ ρ cosφ cos θ −ρ sinφ sin θ

sinφ sin θ ρ cosφ sin θ ρ sinφ cos θ

cosφ −ρ sinφ 0

∣∣∣∣∣∣∣∣∣∣

(514)

Lets now compute the determinant of this matrix:

J = sinφ cos θ det

ρ cosφ sin θ ρ sinφ cos θ

−ρ sinφ 0

(515)

− ρ cosφ cos θ det

sinφ sin θ ρ sinφ cos θ

cosφ 0

(516)

305

Page 306: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

− ρ sinφ sin θ det

sinφ sin θ ρ cosφ sin θ

cosφ −ρ sinφ

(517)

J =∣∣+ρ2 sin3 φ cos2 θ + ρ2 cos2 φ sinφ cos2 θ − ρ sinφ sin θ

(−ρ sin2 φ sin θ − ρ cos2 φ sin θ

)∣∣(518)

J =∣∣+ρ2 sin3 φ cos2 θ + ρ2 cos2 φ sinφ cos2 θ + ρ sinφ sin θ

(ρ sin2 φ sin θ + ρ cos2 φ sin θ

)∣∣(519)

J =∣∣+ρ2 sin3 φ cos2 θ + ρ2 cos2 φ sinφ cos2 θ + ρ sinφ sin θ (ρ sin θ)

∣∣(520)

J = ρ2 sinφ∣∣sin2 φ cos2 θ + cos2 φ cos2 θ + sin2 θ

∣∣ (521)

J = ρ2 sinφ∣∣(sin2 φ + cos2 φ) cos2 θ + sin2 θ

∣∣ (522)

J = ρ2 sinφ∣∣cos2 θ + sin2 θ

∣∣ (523)

J = ρ2 sinφ (524)

Therefore, since our Jacobian is equal to: J = ρ2 sinφ,

We can express the volume element in spherical coordi-

306

Page 307: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

nates as:

dV = ρ2 sinφdρdφdθ (525)

22 Lecture XIII on July 31, 2019

22.1 Vector Fields

Welcome back! Today we are going to be diving into

the vector calculus portion of the course. This will prob-

ably seem a bit new to all of you, so I recommend reading

through these portions a bit more slowly. This is what

we have been building up for, as well as all applications

to look at. We start by defining the vector field.

Definition: A vector field in R3 is a function, f :

R3 → R3. A vector field in R2 is a function, f : R2 → R2.

307

Page 308: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

We probably have all come in contact with a few vec-

tor fields before. One can think of a gravitational field,

electric field, and even flows fields of fluids all as great ex-

amples of vector fields. We draw a vector field by drawing

a vector representing the output of the function, and we

place this at the point that is the input to the function.

As such, the location of each arrow can be thought of

as the domain, and the arrow itself can be thought of as

the co domain as a way of visually representing it. Given

that we can write our vector field, ~F (x, y, z), we can try

to construct a way to represent the vector field. Lets see,

suppose we have the following image,

308

Page 309: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

Figure 11: Vector Field 1, Gravitational Attraction.

and we are trying to write a vector field to this point. All

the arrows are pointing towards the source point. We

want to write a vector field that has arrows of increasing

size as we approach (1, 1, 1) pointing towards (1, 1, 1). As

such, we can obtain that the vector field can be expressed

as:

~F (x, y, z) = − GMm

((x− 1)2 + (y − 1)2 + (z − 1)2)32

(x−1, y−1, z−1)

(526)

The constants GMm are just for the physical interpreta-

309

Page 310: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

tion. However, we could omit those and still capture the

vector field. Lets move on to an easier example.

Problem: Find a vector field, ~F : [0, 2]× [0, 1]→ R2

whose plot looks like this:

Figure 12: Vector Field 2, Shear Flow.

Solution: Lets see the patterns we have here. As y

increases, the vector that appears to point totally in the

x direction decreases in magnitude. Notice all the vectors

in our little square all are pointing in the positive x di-

rection, and the magnitude does not change as we move

along any horizontal line. Since there is no y component,

310

Page 311: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

and the magnitude of the arrow pointing in the x direc-

tion shrinks as we move up, leading to the vector field

being expressed as:

~F (x, y) = (1− y, 0) (527)

Sometimes in classes that you may take in the future,

you will see this type of vector field referred to as a shear

flow! For those interested, this is Not curl-free, which

generally catches students by surprise. Lets move on to

start to talk about work.

22.2 Work in Vector Fields

We recall from physics that:

W = ~F · ~d (528)

311

Page 312: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

This tells us that work can be expressed as the dot prod-

uct between force and the displacement of the object.

Now we want to generalize for paths that are not neces-

sarily straight. Specifically, lets discuss the work it takes

to move a particle along a path C, in a vector field ~F is:

n∑k=1

(~F (~r(tu))

)· (~r(tu)− ~r(tu−1) (529)

As we take the limit of k →∞, we can replace the sum,

of over-dramatic notation and proof stuff that distracts

from the point, and we simply boil this expression down

to the real expression for work that is:

W =

ˆ r2

r1

~F (~r(t)) · dr (530)

A much more workable way to utilize this expression is

through a parametrization. Suppose that you parametrize

312

Page 313: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

~r(t). Then, you can express the above expression for work

as:

W =

ˆ t2

t1

(~F (~r(t)) · d~r

dt

)dt (531)

Where we just get a function of t that is just a single vari-

able integral that we can handle with our knowledge of

single-variable calculus. The above expressions is what we

will be extensively working with throughout the course, so

I encourage you to get this down pat. Lets get a theorem

to justify why it does not matter what parametrizations

we take of the same path C.

Theorem: If ~r1 and ~r2 are parametrizations of the

313

Page 314: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

path C, and ~F is a vector field,

W =

ˆ t2

t1

(~F (~r1(t)) · d~r1

dt

)dt =

ˆ t2

t1

(~F (~r2(t)) · d~r2

dt

)dt

(532)

All this is saying in English is that if I can write a ~r(t)

that describes the curve C, then this is a totally valid

parametrization. There really is not any special parametriza-

tion that you must utilize. Lets do an example. Suppose

we have the curve y2 = x between (0, 0) and (1, 1). Then

a totally valid paramatrization as:

~r(t) = (t2, t) for t ∈ [0, 1] (533)

Another totally valid parametrization is:

~r(t) = (2t2, 2t) for t ∈ [0,1

2] (534)

You can see that basically sticking a constant out front

314

Page 315: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

does not matter since we just adjust the time in the in-

terval. Another parametrization is that:

~r(t) = (t,√t) for t ∈ [0, 1] (535)

Also valid! The difference between this and the first

parametrization is that the one will start off much faster

and finish slower than the first.

22.3 Fundamental Theorem of Vector Calculus

In general it is not true that given we have two paths,

C1 and C2 with the same start and end points do not

have the same work being done. Namely:

ˆC1

~F (~r(t)) · d~r 6=ˆC2

~F (~r(t)) · d~r (536)

315

Page 316: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

22.3.1 Conservative Vector Fields

However, this is true for conservative vector fields.

Conservative vector fields are defined as, given ~F is a

conservative vector field,

~F = ~∇f (537)

where f is just some function, f : Rn → R, that we

will refer to as a potential function. For a conservative

vector field, it is true that given we have two paths, C1

and C2 with the same start and end points do have the

same work being done. Namely:

ˆC1

~∇f (~r(t))·d~r =

ˆC1

~F (~r(t))·d~r =

ˆC2

~F (~r(t))·d~r =

ˆC2

~∇f (~r(t))·d~r

(538)

316

Page 317: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

In general, conservative vector do not depend on the path

taken between points ~r(a), the start point, and point ~r(b),

the end point. As such, the climactic piece of information

is that for a conservative vector field, ~F = ~∇f , the fol-

lowing equation holds, that is denoted as the fundamental

theorem of vector calculus. Namely,

W =

ˆC

~F (~r(t))·d~r =

ˆC

~∇f (~r(t))·d~r = f (~r(b))−f (~r(a))

(539)

Why is this true you may ask? Well, let me provide you

with a better back of the envelope proof. Given that

~F = ~∇f , we can express a work integral as:

W =

ˆC1

~F (~r(t))·d~r =

ˆC1

~∇f (~r(t))·d~r =

ˆC1

(~∇f (~r(t)) · d~r

dt

)dt

(540)

317

Page 318: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

Notice that in the last equality, the portion in parentheses

is just the multivariable chain rule that represents dfdt ! As

such, we obtain that:

W =

ˆC1

(~∇f (~r(t)) · d~r

dt

)dt =

ˆC1

df

dtdt =

ˆC1

df = f (~r(b))−f (~r(a))

(541)

Where ~r(a) is the starting point and ~r(b) is the ending

point.

Just to have it stated in all its glory, The Fundamental

Theorem of Vector Calculus states that if C is a path

from ~a to ~b and f is a differentiable function, then:

ˆC

~∇f · dr = f (~b)− f (~a) (542)

318

Page 319: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

22.3.2 Checking Conservative Fields

Note that if ~F = (M,N) = ~∇f , where M is the first

component of the vector field and N is the second com-

ponent of the vector field, then the following relations

between M,N , and ~∇f is that:

M =∂f

∂x(543)

N =∂f

∂y(544)

Then, we say that a field is conservative if:

∂M

∂y=∂N

∂x(545)

This is another neat application of Clairout’s Theorem!

This is totally sufficient to see if ~F actually is conserva-

tive or not conservative. The Theorem simply states that:

319

Page 320: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

Theorem: If My = Nx for a vector field ~F = (M,N),

then ~F is a conservative vector field, under the assump-

tion that ~F is differentiable everywhere on R2.

22.4 Green’s Theorem

This section is super neat and is actually just a spe-

cific case of the general Stoke’s Theorem that we will

encounter later.

˛~F · d~r =

¨D

(Nx −My) dA (546)

Where¸

simply means a closed integral. You may see this

a ton for the rest of the class. Consider first a conservative

vector field. If a conservative vector field has that ~F =

~∇f , then the work of this vector field is simply equal to

f (b)− f (a) where b is the endpoint and a is the starting

320

Page 321: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

point. However, for a closed loop, the starting and end

points are exactly the same! As such, the work around

any closed loop for a conservative vector field is exactly

zero. We can also see this by looking at the right hand

side of the above equation. Since for a conservative vector

field, Nx = My, then the RHS will always evaluate to

zero for a conservative vector field over a closed loop!

We covered a lot today, so hopefully it was not all too

overwhelming.

23 Recitation IX on August 1, 2019

Let me add in a few examples from workshop that will

prove helpful on Exam’s and the ASE.

Problem: Evaluate the work being done by the vector

321

Page 322: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

field, F = 〈2x, 3y, 4z〉 along a helical path that starts at

(0, 0, 0) and stops at (0, 0, 1).

Solution: We can begin by finding a potential func-

tion f for F, that is, a scalar function f whose gradient,

−→∇f = F. By inspection (taking into account that each

component of F should be a corresponding partial deriva-

tive of f, we can come to the conclusion that a possible f

is:

f (x, y, z) = x2 +3

2y2 + 2z2

Once we’ve accomplished this, we can employ the FTOVC

322

Page 323: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

which states that:

ˆ (0,0,1)

(0,0,0)

F · dr =

ˆ (0,0,1)

(0,0,0)

−→∇f · dr (547)

= f (0, 0, 1)− f (0, 0, 0) (548)

= 2− 0 (549)

= 2 (550)

Problem: Suppose an object is moving in a vector

field, F, such that:

F =

⟨−x

(x2 + y2 + z2)32

,−y

(x2 + y2 + z2)32

,−z

(x2 + y2 + z2)32

⟩(551)

along the path r(t) = 〈1 + t, t3, t cos(πt)〉 from t = 0 to

t = 1. Find the work done by this vector field on the

323

Page 324: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

object.

Solution: We begin in the same manner as our previ-

ous problem where we can come to the conclusion that a

possible f is:

f (x, y, z) =1

(x2 + y2 + z2)12

Which means that the question now is what is the differ-

ence in the value of f at t = 1 vs at t = 0, that is from

(1,0,0) to (2,1,-1). So we have

W = f (2, 1,−1)− f (1, 0, 0) (552)

=1√6− 1 (553)

Problem: Find the Work done on a particle that goes

324

Page 325: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

through a Force field F = 〈y,−x〉 through a triangular

path starting and ending at the origin and going through

the points (1,0) and (1,1) with a) a line integral and b)

Green’s Theorem

Solution: We begin by noting that the vector field

that we’re given is not a conservative vector field and

thus, we cannot use the FTOVC. However, we can think

of our path as a superposition of 3 line segments and

evaluate the work done on our particle through each of

those line segments and add the results up to get the total

work done. The paths can be parameterized as follows:

1. r1(t) = 〈t, 0〉 for t ε [0,1].

2. r2(t) = 〈1, t〉 for t ε [0,1].

3. r3(t) = 〈t, t〉 for t ε [0,1] (but from 1 to 0.

325

Page 326: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

So then our work calculation reduces to:

W = W1 + W2 + W3 (554)

=

ˆF · dr1 +

ˆF · dr2 +

ˆF · dr3 (555)

=

ˆF(r1(t)) · r′1dt +

ˆF(r2(t)) · r′2dt +

ˆF(r3(t)) · r′3dt

(556)

=

ˆ 1

0

〈0,−t〉 · 〈1, 0〉dt +

ˆ 1

0

〈t,−1〉 · 〈0, 1〉dt +

ˆ 0

1

〈t,−t〉 · 〈1, 1〉dt

(557)

= 0− 1 + 0 (558)

= −1 (559)

Now, using green’s theorem, the first thing to do is take

the corresponding partial derivatives and take their dif-

ference to find the integrand:

Nx −My = −1− 1 = −2

326

Page 327: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

Now that we have our integrand we just need to integrate

that function over the triangle to get our work which turns

into -2 times the area of our triangle (which is 12) and thus,

our work is −1 .

Problem: Suppose you have a force field, F = 〈x3,−y4〉.

In addition, assume an object is moving through the force

field along a circular path where the path is described by

r(t) = 〈cos(2πt), sin(2πt)〉 from t = 0 to t = 1. Show

that the work done is zero through means of a line inte-

gral (math), the fundamental theorem of calculus (math),

and through a direct statement (all words).

Solution: We first show this through a direct compu-

327

Page 328: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

tation:

˛C

F · dr =

ˆ 1

0

〈x3,−y4〉 · 〈−2π sin(2πt), 2π cos(2πt)〉dt

(560)

=

ˆ 1

0

〈cos3(2πt),− sin4(2πt)〉 · 〈−2π sin(2πt), 2π cos(2πt)〉dt

(561)

= −2π

ˆ 1

0

cos3(2πt) sin(2πt) + sin4(2πt) cos(2πt)dt

(562)

= −2π

ˆ 1

0

cos3(2πt) sin(2πt)dt− 2π

ˆ 1

0

sin4(2πt) cos(2πt)dt

(563)

1 (564)

Each of these integrals can be evaluated through a u-

328

Page 329: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

substitution. Let

u1 = cos(2πt) and u2 = sin(2πt). (565)

Then, we have

du1 = −2π sin(2πt)dt and du2 = 2π cos(2πt)dt.

(566)

Making this change of variables we realize that we would

be integrating from 1 to 1 and from 0 to 0 respectively so

the value of our integral is 0 .

Using the FTOVC we quickly release that the function

is conservative and that the starting and ending points

are the same and thus we obtain 0 as a result.

329

Page 330: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

24 Lecture XIV on August 2, 2019

Last class, we ended with Green’s Theorem. Lets pick

up right where we left of:

24.1 Green’s Theorem

˛C

~F · d~r =

¨D

(Nx −My) dA (567)

Where ~F = (M,N) Where C is a closed loop, and D

is the region enclosed by the curve C. We, on the left

hand side, have an expression that tells us to calculate

the work as I go around some path that starts and ends

at the same point. The right-hand side can be thought

of as the curl of the vector field integrated over the area.

The reason why we must have a closed loop, is because

we must trap some area. Well, apparently an intuition

330

Page 331: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

for Green’s Theorem is doing an approximation of a work

integral over an infinitesimal square’s border... who knew!

Anyways, we are finally done with that proof, lets move

on to Surface Integrals.

24.2 Surface Integrals

If S is the surface and f : S → mathbbR is a function,

then we can make the equation that:

ˆS

fdA = limnumber of patches→∞

∑patch

f (patch)area(patch)

(568)

A way we can try to conceptualize what is going on is

thinking about trying to find the average global temper-

ature. Namely, we are setting lets have some function,

temperature, that we integrate over the surface of the

earth. Then, we can divide through by the total surface

331

Page 332: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

area to extract the average temperature. This is an ap-

plication of average value that we went over in workshop

with some example problems!

Avg(f ) =

´S fdA´S dA

(569)

where S is the surface, and f : S → R. Lets try to polish

off this idea with an example:

Problem: Find´S fdA, where f (x, y, z) = 2x2 +

2y2 + 2z2 over the unit sphere.

Solution: Well lets think about this a bit before we

dive in. Since we are trying to integrate over the unit

sphere, by definition, x2 + y2 + z2 = 1 always! This is

the surface of the unit sphere. Therefore, we simply have

332

Page 333: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

that:

2

ˆS

x2 + y2 + z2dA = 2

ˆS

1dA = 2(4πR2) = 8π (570)

since R = 1 for the unit sphere. If we persay wanted to

calculate the average value, we could simply divide our

answer by the total surface area, 4π, leaving us with just

an average value of 2 We kind of expected this to happen

considering that the function f is always equal to 2 over

the surface of the unit sphere.

24.3 Parametrizing Surfaces (ASE)

This section is useful for the ASE, but it is not neces-

sarily tested in this course. Consider the points (x, y, z)

with y = sin 7z for x ∈ [0, 1] and z ∈ [0, π2 ]. Although

there does exist a formulaic way to parametrize a surface,

333

Page 334: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

in this case, we can parametrize this surface by inspection

as:

~r(u, v) = (v, sin 7u, u) (571)

The idea here is we are trying to express a surface of 3

variables but only use two variables, u and v. Lets move

forward with another example:

Example: Parametrize the part of the unit sphere in

the first octant

Solution: We can bring in spherical coordinates if we

are talking about spherical-like shapes! we can think of

our parametrization of the unit sphere in terms of θ and

φ for our parametrization, where for the unit sphere in

the first octant, we obtain that: θ ∈ [0, π2 ] and φ ∈ [0, π2 .

334

Page 335: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

As such, we can express our x, y, and z coordinates as:

~r(θ, φ) = (sinφ cos θ, sinφ sin θ, cosφ) (572)

where we basically have expressed spherical coordinates

by letting ρ = 1 in the case of the unit sphere. We can

express the formula for surface area as:

¨S

fdA =

¨D

f (~r(u, v))|~ru × ~rv|dudv (573)

Where S is the surface that we are integrating over, and

D is the region, below the surface. The thing that we are

taking the magnitude of can be thought of as a jacobian

that is transforming our funky surface region into a nice

flat region D that is just a rectangle with the bounds on

θ and φ. Lets break this down piece by piece. WE are

first saying, okay f was given to be in terms of x, y, and

335

Page 336: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

z. I am going to hell with these coordinates and plug

in my parametrization of ~r into f . In the case that we

are simply trying to find the surface area itself, we set f

equal to one. However, in the case it was equal to a func-

tion, we would plug in our parametrization in terms of θ

and φ for our x, y, and z. Then we are going to calculate

this Jacobian looking object sitting our front of our dudv.

What this notion means is we are going to take the partial

derivatives of our parametrization with respect to u and

v, cross those, and then take the magnitude of this cross

product to represent the area distortion. Then, our dudv

is going to be the two variables that we are parametrizing

with respect to. So, for the case of this problem specifi-

cally, we have that we are parametrizing with respect to

θ and φ where each of these two variables are bounded

336

Page 337: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

between [0, π2 ] giving us our bounds for the integral. Let

me compute this problem thoroughly so that you can see

this after class. Lets move on to another example in the

meantime.

Problem: Find the average value of z over the upper

half of the unit sphere.

Solution: we have that, we can take use of the parametriza-

tion of the unit sphere, and simply limit φ[0, π2 and have

θ ∈ [0, 2π], with the parametrization that:

~r(θ, φ) = (sinφ cos θ, sinφ sin θ, cosφ) (574)

337

Page 338: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

yielding the integral that:

ˆf

dA =

ˆ 2π

0

ˆ π2

0

z|~rθ × ~rφ|dφdθ = π (575)

Then, from here, we can divide through by the surface

area, 2π in order to obtain the average value of 12.

24.3.1 A Better Treatment

So, we touched on surface integrals in class but lets get

down a more formulaic way of attack. Consider that I

have a surface that exists in 3D space, but I want to write

my 3-dimensional object just with only two variables, this

is how we will be approaching surfaces. Lets start off with

how to parametrize a surface and then move forward to

how to set up a surface integral. So perhaps you want to

parametrize, the part of the surface, z = 1−x2−y2 that

lies above the xy plane. Well our task is two be able to ex-

338

Page 339: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

press this surface in terms of only two variables, which we

maybe shall call u and v to stay in line with the notation

you will see. well, similar to how we parametrize a line

whilst doing work integrals, lets now try to parametrize

this surface. Luckily, all three of our variables are written

in terms of only x and y! Therefore, we can express the

surface in the following parametrization.

~r(u, v) = (u, v, 1− u2 − v2) (576)

where the bounds of our u and v will trace out the unit

disk given that this is the ’shadow’ if you will of our sur-

face on the xy plane. Great! Okay, now that we have

parametrized this surface, lets now compute the surface

area!

339

Page 340: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

The formula for surface area is:

S =

¨A

|~ru × ~rv|dudv (577)

The thing that we need to first compute is |~ru× ~rv|. We

can do so with the following:

~ru = (1, 0,−2u) (578)

~rv = (0, 1,−2v) (579)

Which when we take the cross product and the take the

magnitude of this cross product obtain that:

|~ru × ~rv| =√

4(u2 + v2) + 1 (580)

which I can then plug into my formula for the surface

340

Page 341: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

area to obtain that:

S =

¨A

√4(u2 + v2) + 1dudv (581)

Where now it will be advantageous to switch over to cyl-

nidrical coordinates given our ’shadow’ region of the unit

disk and integrand. Namely, we obtain that:

S =

ˆ 2π

0

ˆ 1

0

√4r2 + 1rdrdθ (582)

Which we can solve to compute the surface area. I will

say that we the worksheets throughout the course alluded

to this formula in a way. That is that we can alternately,

given we have z = f (x, y), express surface area of a sur-

face over a region as:

S =

¨A

√f 2x + f 2

y + 1dA (583)

341

Page 342: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

Which you can see exactly fits the bill as what we ended

up obtaining doing the more formal parametrization! Both

work, so just choose which one that you like! The most

common thing you will probably be asked it to parametrize

some surface of a sphere of radius a. Well, you might

think, okay, I have spherical coordinates to hopefully parametrize

this, but my spherical coordinates are written in terms

of 3 variables, and I can only write my parametrization

in terms of 2 coordinates! However, since the radius, ρ

is fixed, since we are concerned with the surface of the

sphere, we actually only have 2 variables, θ and φ and as

such, we can express the parametrization of a sphere of

radius a as:

~r(u, v) = (a sinu cos v, a sinu sin v, a cosu) (584)

342

Page 343: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

Nice. Now we can do this exact same thing as previously

done, that is, compute ~ru and ~rv to then take the cross

product and magnitude of. The last shape that I see

parametrized a lot is a cone! A cone has the surface,

z =√x2 + y2. Which we can conveniently parametrize

as:

~r(u, v) = (u, v,√u2 + v2) (585)

In all honesty, there is a bit of ugly and tedious labor that

comes with the cross product being involved, but the over-

arching idea is not all too bad. Namely, we are integrating

over the region that lies underneath, some shadow region,

of our surface that exists in 3-dimensional space. We are

then parametrizing or surface to find some correctional

factor, |~ru× ~rv to then integrate over the shadow region!

With that I think that is all that is necessary for ASE

343

Page 344: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

prep.

24.4 Flux

A natural application of surface area is flux. We can

think, suppose we have some vector field that is flowing

our in space, perhaps think of water flowing through a

net. That being said, suppose we want to see how much

water actually does flow through that net. Well, we can

think lets see how much stuff goes through our surface S,

namely we can say that:

ˆS

~F · d ~A =

¨~f (~r(u, v)) · (~ru × ~rv)dudv (586)

Where:

d ~A = (~ru × ~rv)dudv (587)

344

Page 345: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

We utilize the dot product here because we want to get

only the stuff that penetrates the surface S. Think of

that as motivation for taking the dot product since we

are essentially filtering out all the stuff, vector field, that

is not going through the surface. I find it helps if you

think of a wall with holes punctured out. Now, consider

that you have a hose. First, you decide let me point the

hose right at some of these small holes. Well then, we

would expect a ton of water to make it through the holes

and to the other side. Then suppose I start to veer off

to an angle from the wall, and aim the hose. Well now,

water is still going through the holes, but not as much

since since we are at an angle, some is not making it

through like it normally would. Namely, the components

of the water from my hose not in the direction of the hole

345

Page 346: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

are making it through. Now finally, consider the last case

where I am shooting the water in line with the face of the

wall, namely perpendicular to the normal vector of the

wall. Well now, none of the water is going through! All

my water is running along the sides of the wall and as

such, none can really come through! Hopefully this helps

internalize this a bit!

24.5 Divergence

Divergence is a measure of the flow density! We com-

pute the divergence of a vector field, ~F as:

~∇ · ~F =

(∂

∂x,∂

∂y,∂

∂z

)· (M,N,P ) (588)

Where F = (M,N,P )

346

Page 347: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

25 Lecture XV on August 5, 2019

Hey all! Sorry I couldn’t be in attendance today, I had

to do something for the Office of Minority Education.

Anyways, I still want to ensure that you have all the

tools that you need in order to do great on the Final

exam this Thursday. I want to start off with reviewing

Divergence, go over curl, and then introduce the final

two big equations of the course; Divergence and Stokes’

Theorem.

25.1 Divergence

We define the divergence of a vector field, ~F = (M,N,P )

as:

div(~F ) = ~∇ · ~F =

(∂

∂x,∂

∂y,∂

∂z

)· (M,N,P ) (589)

347

Page 348: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

The equation by itself is not all too bad. Lets do an exam-

ple and then complete a discussion on what this quantity

represents.

Problem: Compute the divergence of the vector field

~F = (x2y, yx, z) at the point (1, 1, 0).

Solution: We can utilize the aforementioned equation

to express the divergence of the vector field ~F as:

div(~F ) = ~∇·~F =

(∂

∂x,∂

∂y,∂

∂z

)·(x2y, yx, z) =

∂x(x2y)+

∂y(yx)+

∂z(z)

(590)

div(~F = 2xy + x + 1 (591)

Where, we can calculate the divergence at the point (1, 1, 0)

348

Page 349: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

as:

div(~F (1, 1, 0)) = 2 + 1 + 1 = 4 (592)

Great! So that is the computation necessary to compute

the divergence of a vector field, ~F , at a point. Now, lets

see what it represents. Conceptually, the divergence rep-

resents for us how much ”stuff” (vector field) is flowing

in and flowing out a specific point. Namely, if we look

at an infinitesimal volume surrounding a point, so in our

previous case, (1, 1, 0), we would see, given the answer

is positive, that there is more stuff (vector field) flowing

out from the point than there is flowing in! Lets look

at another pictorial example now. Consider the following

two vector fields that we have seen before, that I will now

display below:

349

Page 350: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

Figure 13: Divergence of Vector Field 1

In this case suppose I pick a point, that is not (1, 1, 1).

Then, I can conclude that in this case the divergence at

this some random point should be negative! Why? Well,

lets see. If we look at a point, lets say (1, 12,

12), Then we

notice that the size of the arrows representing the vector

field flowing in are larger than the size of the vectors flow-

ing out, we get a net negative vector field. Lets turn to

another example now.

350

Page 351: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

Figure 14: Divergence of Vector Field 1

Here we have an interesting case. Lets look at perhaps the

point (12,

12). At this point, we see that the flow coming

in from left to right is exactly the same size as the flow

coming out from left to right. As such, this is what we

refer to as zero divergence! The overarching point here is

that we want to isolate one point in our mind, and then

pictorially ask ourselves whether the flow in is greater

than, less than, or equal to the flow out by looking at the

vector field that the point is exposed to. If the flow in is

greater than the flow out, we get a negative divergence.

If the flow out is greater than the flow in, we achieve a

351

Page 352: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

positive divergence. Finally if the flow equal the flow out,

we achieve zero divergence. Of course, it is much easier to

simply compute the divergence by utilizing the equation,

but it also important that we conceptually master how to

look at a graph of flow and be able to say what sign the

divergence will have. Lets move on to curl now. Finally,

note that the divergence is a scalar. It is simply some

function that is not a vector! We can think of divergence

as a function, f : Rn → R.

25.2 Curl

Next we will discuss the Curl of a vector field. Lets

first present the formula, similar to divergence and then

follow through with the conceptual understanding. The

formula for curl, given that we have some vector field,

352

Page 353: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

~F = (M,N,P ) is computed as :

Curl(~F ) = ~∇× ~F = det

i j k

∂∂x

∂∂y

∂∂z

M N P

(593)

Curl(~F ) = (Py −Nz,Mz − Px, Nx −My) (594)

Where Mx, for example, represents the partial derivative

of M with respect to x. Lets first note that taking the

curl of a vector field produces another vector. Namely,

the curl of a vector field can be thought of as a function,

f : Rn → Rn, which is this case, f : R3 → R3. Lets just

go through an example real quickly of an actual compu-

tation of the Curl of a vector field.

Problem: Compute the Curl of the vector field, ~F =

353

Page 354: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

((x2y, yx, xz)

Solution: We can turn to our formula of the curl that

states that:

Curl(~F ) = ~∇× ~F = det

i j k

∂∂x

∂∂y

∂∂z

M N P

(595)

Curl(~F ) = ~∇× ~F = det

i j k

∂∂x

∂∂y

∂∂z

x2y yx xz

(596)

Curl(~F ) = (Py −Nz,Mz − Px, Nx −My) (597)

Curl(~F ) =(0− 0, 0− z, y − x2

)(598)

So perhaps, if we wanted to compute the curl at the point

354

Page 355: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

(2, 1, 0), we would obtain that:

Curl(~F (2, 1, 0)) = (0, 0,−3) (599)

Okay great! Computing it is quite annoying due to the

cross product, but we can trudge on through that with-

out too much worry. Lets try to get down the conceptual

understanding now. Curl can be described as a circu-

lation density. Namely, we want to think, If I place a

little paddle-wheel, something that will rotate in my vec-

tor field, at a specific point in my vector field, how much

and it what direction will it rotate. We define that if the

little paddle wheel we place at a point rotates counter-

clockwise due to the vector field, we have a positive curl.

In addition, if the little paddle wheel would rotate clock-

wise at the point, we would state that we have a negative

355

Page 356: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

curl. Lets try this out with a picture we have seen a few

times by now. Consider the vector field below:

Figure 15: Curl of Shear Vector Field

Imagine we want to compute the curl at the point (12,

12).

Well, lets try this conceptual method that we laid out.

Consider we place a little paddle wheel, baby box even if

you prefer, at the point in question. Then consider, how

the vector field at this point will make the box move, given

it is locked at the point. We see that the vector on the

lower end of the box will be larger than the vectors at the

upper end of the box. As such, we would expect that the

arrows would cause the box to rotate counterclockwise.

356

Page 357: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

As such, we would expect the curl at this point to be

positive. Lets test this out given the exact form of the

vector field. It turns out that we can express the vector

field of the aforementioned picture as:

~F = (1− y, 0, 0) (600)

Therefore, if we compute the curl of ~F , we obtain that:

curl(~F ) = (0, 0, 1) (601)

Namely, point your right thumb in the direction of the

curl vector, straight up, and the wrap your fingers around,

this will indicate the curl. Since your fingers will wrap

around counterclockwise, we obtain that the curl is posi-

tive, and even more so, the curl is always positive. So, for

any point in this little rectangle, we get a positive circula-

357

Page 358: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

tion density that will result in a positive curl. So, we can

use a formulaic way of deciding whether the curl is posi-

tive, leading to a counterclockwise rotation, or negative,

leading to a clockwise rotation by imagining placing a lit-

tle paddle-wheel at a specific point, and noting how the

vector field would spin around that little paddle wheel.

Lets move on to the applications of both of these ideas.

25.3 Divergence Theorem

The Divergence Theorem is extremely powerful and

comes up all over the place in physics and applied maths.

The Divergence Theorem states that Let E be a sim-

ple solid region and S is the boundary surface of E with

positive orientation. Let F be a vector field whose com-

ponents have continuous first order partial derivatives.

358

Page 359: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

Then, ‹S

F · ndA =

˚E

Div(F )dV (602)

Lets break this down because it looks quite hefty. On

the left hand side, we are saying that given we have some

closed surface, namely our surface represents a shell per-

haps that is trapping some 3 dimensional volume, then I

can compute the flux of my vector field ~F through this

shell. Basically, we are just saying compute the flux of ~F

through some closed surface. The loop in the double inte-

gral indicates that the surface is closed similar to the loop

in the single integral means that the loop is closed. Now,

the right hand side says that this flux is actually going to

be equal to the divergence of ~F through the volume that

is trapped by the surface. Lets do a quick example to see

what I am saying. In general, we are going to be asked

359

Page 360: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

to compute the flux through say unit cube from inside to

outside. And, instead of computing some nasty surface

integrals like the left-hand side would lead us to, we are

going to use the trick on the RHS to make out lives easier.

Lets do the example now to see what I mean.

Problem: Compute the flux through the unit cube of

the vector field, ~F = (x, x, x)

Solution: Well, if we saw this problem last week, per-

haps we would try to calculate the flux, flow, whichever

word you like, through each of the six faces. Doing this

would give us the LHS of divergence theorem. However,

since the unit cube is a closed surface, enclosing some

volume, we can instead compute the divergence of F and

360

Page 361: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

then integrate this over the volume of the unit cube. Lets

do that now:

‹S

F ·ndA =

˚E

Div(F )dV =

ˆ 1

0

ˆ 1

0

ˆ 1

0

(1+0+0)dxdydz = 1

(603)

Not too bad right? Lets do a bit more of a difficult ex-

ample now.

Problem: Compute the flux of the vector field ~F =

(x2, 2, 3) through the surface bounded by z = 0 and

z = 4− x2 − y2.

Solution: Now we can really see the power of Diver-

gence Theorem. Namely, it would really suck to compute

the surface integral over this shape. Instead we can turn

361

Page 362: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

to utilize the RHS of Divergence Theorem again:

‹S

F · ndA =

˚E

Div(F )dV =

˚(2x + 0 + 0)dV

(604)

Now, we can take use of our knowledge of triple integrals,

and convert this to cylindrical coordinates to solve that:

‹S

F · ndA = 2

ˆ 2π

0

ˆ 2

0

ˆ 4−r2

0

r cos θrdzdrdθ = 0

(605)

The result of zero means that the net flux through the

surface is exactly zero. We interpret that as the amount

of crap that flows into our cereal bowl looking thing is the

exact same amount of crap 16 that flows out of the cereal

bowl looking shape. I will add more and more examples

underneath the recitation section form tomorrow. For

now, lets move on to our last theorem of the class, Stokes’16Crap is just the Vector Field

362

Page 363: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

Theorem.

25.4 Stokes’ Theorem

Lets just start off with the definition and then unpack

all that is going on within the daunting definition, Let

S be an oriented smooth surface that is bounded by a

simple, closed, smooth boundary curve C with positive

orientation, namely we move around it counterclockwise.

Also let F be a vector field then,

˛~F · d~r =

¨S

(~∇× ~F

)· d ~A (606)

Okay so what does all of this mean. Lets give this a

similar analysis to divergence theorem. We first look at

the left-hand side. The left-hand side is a line integral.

More specifically, it is a closed line integral meaning that

363

Page 364: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

we perhaps have the boundary that could be a circle, a

square, some loop that is closed. We are then saying that

the work done by the vector field, ~F , as I walk around my

closed loop is going to be equal to the curl of ~F along the

surface who has a boundary that I initially walked upon.

Lets think about a trash bag for visualization. Consider

a trash bag. We have an opening, where we throw in

the trash, we have a border that surrounds then opening

and then we have the bag where all the trash goes in.

We are saying that the work it takes to move around the

hole of the trashbag the border, is equal to the amount

of ~∇× ~F that goes through the surface of the trashbag.

As a matter of fact, we have already seen an example of

Stokes’ Theorem whilst doing Green’s Theorem. If you

364

Page 365: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

recall, Green’s Theorem tells us that:

˛~F · d~r =

¨Nx −MydA (607)

This looks pretty similar to Stokes’ Theorem. In Fact it

is just a special case of Stokes Theorem. Consider the

following. Consider that you have a vector field, ~F =

(M,N,P ). In addition, you have that your surface is

just some area on the xy plane that would be definition

have a normal vector that is equal to ~n = (0, 0, 1). Think

of the area vector as just being similar to a plane vector.

Namely, the area vector is the vector that points normal

to the actual area surface. Therefore, if we compute ~∇×

~F , and then dot this with our area vector, we obtain that:

˛~F ·d~r =

¨S

(~∇× ~F

)·(0, 0, 1)dA =

¨Nx−MydA

(608)

365

Page 366: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

Thus, we basically use Stokes’ Theorem so that we never

have to compute an actual surface integral. Namely, the

RHS can be pretty rough if we have some surface that has

a really hard area vector, and as such, we can instead just

compute the work done around the border of the surface

in order to compute, the RHS of the equation.

25.4.1 Same Border, Different Surface

Another interesting trick that I find extremely helpful

is the following. Suppose you have two surface where the

unit circle is the border of the surface. The first surface,

S1 happens to be z = 1 − x2 − y2, that lies above the

xy plane and the second surface is just the unit disk, S2.

Now suppose I want to calculate

¨S1

~∇× ~F · d ~A (609)

366

Page 367: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

as well as: ¨S2

~∇× ~F · d ~A (610)

Each of these alone is a surface integral over the respective

surfaces, S1 and S2. However, we just learned that by

Stokes Theorem, each of these is equivalent to the work

is takes to move around the unit circle as the unit circle

is acting as the border of each of these shapes. Therefore,

we can conclude by transitivity that:

˛C

~F · d~r =

¨S1

~∇× ~F · d ~A =

¨S2

~∇× ~F · d ~A (611)

Which more importantly means that:

¨S1

~∇× ~F · d ~A =

¨S2

~∇× ~F · d ~A (612)

meaning that if we have two surfaces that share the same

border, then it must be true that˜S~∇× ~F ·d ~A are equal.

367

Page 368: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

Lets see how we can use this to our advantage with the

example mentioned.

Problem: Compute˜S~∇ × ~F · d ~A for the surface

z = 1 − x2 − y2 that lies above the xy-plane, where

~F = (3, x, 4)

Solution: Well, parametrizing this surface would kind

of stink. So instead, we can use this idea of surface In-

dependence to compute this integral. We can utilize the

fact that we can replace our current surface with the unit

disk that has a much nicer normal vector of ~n = (0, 0, 1),

and compute the integral. We first compute the curl of

~F which happens to be:

~∇× ~F = (0, 0, 1) (613)

368

Page 369: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

I can then compute the integral by dotting this with my

normal vector ~n and integrating the area of the unit disk.

Doing so, we obtain that:

¨S

~∇× ~F · d ~A =

¨(0, 0, 1) · (0, 0, 1)dA =

¨dA = π

(614)

In addition, we can confirm this by taking the line integral

as well for good luck. We can start by parametrizing our

path,

~r(t) = (cos t, sin t, 0)) for t ∈ [0, 2π] (615)

Then we can set up the work integral as:

˛~F ·d~r =

ˆ 2π

0

(3, cos t, 4)·(− sin t, cos t, 0)dt =

ˆ 2π

0

cos2 t = π

(616)

Yay! We get the same answer! Hopefully this clears up

369

Page 370: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

Stokes’ Theorem a bit. I know this one tends to be tricky

this is why I recommend honestly never calculating some

nasty surface integral. Instead, either compute a line in-

tegral over a closed path, or use the ideas of surface In-

dependence in order to find a flat surface that shares the

border with the crazy surface that can easily be utilized

to calculate the work done. Last lecture of material we

made it!

26 Recitation X on August 6, 2019

In recitation, we computed a few great problems on

Stokes and Divergence Theorem. I’ll attach a few here

that we computed that can be used later for reference.

Problem: Divergence Theorem: Use the divergence the-

orem to evaluate˜S F ·dS where F = 〈xy,−1

2y2, z〉 and

370

Page 371: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

the surface consists the paraboloid z = 4− (x2 + y2) and

the circle in the xy plane it encloses.

Solution: Note that this setup is symmetrical in cylin-

drical coordinates so we will use them for this problem.

Therefore, the bounds for the region are reduced to:

0 ≤ z ≤ 4− r2

0 ≤ r ≤ 2

0 ≤ θ ≤ 2π

Next, we calculate the divergence of the vector field which

is given by: (∇ · F) = ∂M∂x + ∂N

∂y + ∂P∂z = y − y + 1 = 1

The integral is then,

371

Page 372: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

¨S

F · dS =

˚R

(∇ · F)dV (617)

=

ˆ 2π

0

ˆ 2

0

ˆ 4−r2

0

rdzdrdθ (618)

= 2π

ˆ 2

0

4r − r3dr (619)

= (2π)(8− 4) (620)

= 8π (621)

(622)

Problem: Given that for the groin vault, encountered

last week, we computed the volume to be,˝

dV = 163 ,

compute the flux through the groin vault given that ~F =

〈x, y, z〉.

372

Page 373: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

Solution: We want to compute the flux through a

closed surface. Therefore, we can use divergence theorem,

which states

‹∂D

F · dA =

˚D

∇ · FdV, (623)

where ∂D is the surface that bounds a 3 dimensional

domain D. But note that ∇ · F = 3, so

˚∇ · FdV =

˚3dV (624)

= 3 · 16

3(625)

= 16. (626)

Problem: Stoke’s Theorem: Use Stokes’ theorem to

373

Page 374: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

evaluate´C F · dr, where C is the triangle with vertices

(1, 0, 1), (0, 1, 1), and (0, 0, 1), oriented counterclockwise

when viewed from above, and F = (x+y2, y+z2, z+x2).

Solution: With our surface being this triangle lying

on the z = 1 plane, we simply get a normal vector that

is pointing straight upwards. Therefore, we can utilize

Stokes’ Theorem over this region to obtain that:

¨S

∇× F · dA =

˛C

F · dr.

Thus, we need only find˜S∇× F · dA.

374

Page 375: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

¨S

∇× F · dA =

ˆ 1

0

ˆ 1−x

0

〈−2z,−2x,−2y〉 · 〈0, 0, 1〉, dydx

=

ˆ 1

0

ˆ 1−x

0

−2ydydx

= −1

ˆ 1

0

(1− x)2dx

=(1− x)3

3|10

= −1

3

Problem: Use Stoke’s Theorem to compute

¨ (∇× ~F

d ~A where ~F = (3, x2, 4) through the surface z = 4−x2−

y2 that sits above the xy-plane.

Solution: We can do this by computing both the left

375

Page 376: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

and the right hand sides of Stokes’ Theorem. We first

should note that we are not limited to the surface z =

4 − x2 − y2. Specifically, we could choose any surface

that shares the border on the xy-plane that the surface

z = 4 − x2 − y2 does. To make matters simple. I will

choose the flat surface, with area vector in the k direction.

and have my surface be the disk of radius 2 since this

shares the border of x2 + y2 = 4 on the xy plane. Lets

go ahead now and compute the surface integral.

¨ (∇× ~F

)=

¨((0, 0, 2x) · (0, 0, 1)) dA =

ˆ 2π

0

ˆ 2

0

2r cos θrdrdθ = 0

(627)

Okay, so as of now, we expect that if we take the closed

loop integral around the boundary of our surface, the LHS

of Stokes’ Theorem, we also obtain that zero work has

been done. Lets try that now utilizing the parametriza-

376

Page 377: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

tion that:

~r(t) = (2 cos t, 2 sin t, 0) for t ∈ [0, 2π] (628)

Doing so, we can compute the line integral as:

˛~F ·d~r =

ˆ 2π

0

(3, 4 cos2 t, 4)·(−2, 2 cos t, 0) dt =

ˆ 2π

0

8 cos3 tdt = 0

(629)

Which shows that we got the same value for each side of

stokes’ theorem. Each by itself would have been valid to

fully answer the question. I showed both just so that one

could see that they are equivalent.

Problem: Gauss’ Law in Electricity and Magnetism

is known as:

‹S

~E · ~ndA =1

ε0

˚ρdV (630)

377

Page 378: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

Where ~E is the electric field, ε0 is the permitivity of free

space, and ρ is the charge density of your object. Using

you knowledge of Divergence Theorem, show that the

above expression is equivalent to:

∇ · ~E =ρ

ε0(631)

Solution: We can start by using the Divergence The-

orem on the LHS of Gauss’ Law. Doing so, we have the

equation:

‹S

~E · ~ndA =

˚ (∇ · ~E

)dV (632)

378

Page 379: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

Which we can now plug into our original equation:

‹S

~E · ~ndA =

˚ (∇ · ~E

)dV =

1

ε0

˚ρdV (633)

Therefore, since we are integrating over the same exact

volume region, we can set the two arguments equal to one

another to obtain that:

∇ · ~E =ρ

ε0(634)

Which is referred to as the differential form of Gauss’

Law.

27 Lecture XV on August 7, 2019

Today we are going to be having a review day! Lets try

to get through as many problems as possible.

379

Page 380: Interphase EDGE Calculus 3 Lecture/Recitation Notesjack.mit.edu/sites/default/files/images/Lecture_Notes... · 2019. 8. 23. · 2 Lecture I on July 1, 2019 17 2.1 How to Think About

28 Thank You

Thank you all for such a great summer! I hope you all

learned a lot from the course, and you feel prepared to

apply the concepts and principles learnt in the last few

weeks in all of your majors :)

380